ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP INC
SB-2/A, 1996-07-05
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: RYANS FAMILY STEAKHOUSES INC, 4, 1996-07-05
Next: FIRST BANKING CO OF SOUTHEAST GEORGIA, S-4/A, 1996-07-05



<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 5, 1996
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-05073
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                         PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                   FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          6712                  52-1508198
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     identification
incorporation or organization)                                        no.)
</TABLE>
 
          1627 K STREET, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006; (202) 466-4090
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                               BARBARA DAVIS BLUM
                PRESIDENT, ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
          1627 K STREET, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006; (202) 466-4090
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                WITH COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
     Melissa Allison Warren, Esq.                 Linda M. Iannone, Esq.
         Shapiro and Olander                  Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP
         36 S. Charles Street                      1501 M Street, N.W.
              20th Floor                                Suite 700
      Baltimore, Maryland 21201                   Washington, D.C. 20005
            (410) 385-4265                            (202) 463-4375
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                            ------------------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH  DATE AS  THE COMMISSIONER,  ACTING PURSUANT  TO SAID SECTION
8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ITEM NO.                  DESIGNATION IN FORM SB-2                                   IN PROSPECTUS
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>                                                  <C>
         1.    Front of the Registration Statement and Outside
                Front Cover of Prospectus.........................  Outside Front Cover Page
         2.    Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                Prospectus........................................  Inside Front Cover and Outside Back Cover Pages;
                                                                     Additional Information
         3.    Summary Information and Risk Factors...............  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
         4.    Use of Proceeds....................................  Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds
         5.    Determination of Offering Price....................  Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy;
                                                                     Underwriting
         6.    Dilution...........................................  *
         7.    Selling Security Holders...........................  *
         8.    Plan of Distribution...............................  Underwriting
         9.    Legal Proceedings..................................  Business
        10.    Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and
                Control Persons...................................  Management; Beneficial Ownership of Shares
        11.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                Management........................................  Management; Beneficial Ownership of Shares
        12.    Description of Securities..........................  Prospectus Summary; Description of Capital Stock
        13.    Interest of Named Experts and Counsel..............  Legal Matters; Experts
        14.    Disclosure of Commission Position on
                Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities....  *
        15.    Organization Within Last Five Years................  *
        16.    Description of Business............................  Prospectus Summary; Summary Consolidated Financial
                                                                     Data; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds; Price Range
                                                                     of Common Stock and Dividend Policy;
                                                                     Capitalization; Selected Consolidated Financial
                                                                     Data; Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                                     Financial Condition and Results of Operations;
                                                                     Business; Management; Certain Relationships and
                                                                     Related Transactions; Supervision and Regulation;
                                                                     Description of Capital Stock; Financial Statements
        17.    Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of
                Operation.........................................  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                     Condition and Results of Operations
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ITEM NO.                  DESIGNATION IN FORM SB-2                                   IN PROSPECTUS
- -------------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
        18.    Description of Property............................  Prospectus Summary; Management's Discussion and
                                                                     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                     Operations; Business
<C>            <S>                                                  <C>
        19.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.....  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
        20.    Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder
                Matters...........................................  Outside Front Cover Page; Price Range of Common
                                                                     Stock and Dividend Policy; Description of
                                                                     Securities
        21.    Executive Compensation.............................  Management
        22.    Financial Statements...............................  Index to Financial Statements
        23.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                Accounting and Financial Disclosure...............  *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*  Text is omitted because response is negative or item is inapplicable.
<PAGE>
   
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
    
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 5, 1996
    
 
   
                                 670,000 SHARES
    
 
   
                                 [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
                               ------------------
 
   
    Abigail Adams National  Bancorp, Inc.  (the "Company")  is offering  670,000
shares of its Common
Stock,  $.01 par  value ("Common  Stock"). Prior  to this  Offering, the Company
expects to issue a three-for-one  stock split in the  form of a stock  dividend.
Unless  otherwise indicated, all information in  this Prospectus gives effect to
such transaction. On June  28, 1996, the  closing bid and  asked prices for  the
Common  Stock,  as reported  by the  National Quotation  Bureau, were  $8.33 and
$9.33, respectively. The  trading market  for the  Common Stock  is limited  and
sporadic.  See "Price  Range of  Common Stock  and Dividend  Policy." The Common
Stock has been approved for quotation on the National Association of  Securities
Dealers  Automated  Quotation National  Market  System ("NASDAQ/NMS")  under the
symbol "AANB." Notwithstanding such approval, there can be no assurance that  an
active trading market will develop or be sustained.
    
 
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH ON PAGE 8
 UNDER  "RISK  FACTORS." THE  SECURITIES OFFERED  HEREBY  ARE NOT  SAVINGS OR
   DEPOSIT  ACCOUNTS   AND  ARE   NOT  INSURED   BY  THE   FEDERAL   DEPOSIT
               INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
                            ------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS  THE
     COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED  ON  THE
        ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY   REPRE-
                 SENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             UNDERWRITING
                                                             DISCOUNTS AND   PROCEEDS TO THE
                                           PRICE TO PUBLIC  COMMISSIONS (1)    COMPANY (2)
<S>                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
Per Share................................         $                $                $
Total (3)................................         $                $                $
</TABLE>
    
 
(1)  The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
    liabilities  under   the   Securities  Act   of   1933,  as   amended.   See
    "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the offering estimated at $          payable by
    the Company. See "Underwriting."
(3)  The Company has  granted the Underwriters an  option, exercisable within 30
    days after the date hereof, to  purchase up to 100,500 additional shares  of
    Common   Stock  at  the   Price  to  Public  per   share,  solely  to  cover
    over-allotments, if any,  on the  same terms  and conditions  as the  shares
    offered  hereby. If the Underwriters exercise such option in full, the total
    Price to  Public, Underwriting  Discount  and Proceeds  to Company  will  be
    $        , $        and $        , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                            ------------------------
 
    The  shares of Common Stock are  offered by the several Underwriters subject
to prior sale,  withdrawal, cancellation  or modification of  the offer  without
notice,  delivery  to  and  acceptance by  the  Underwriters  and  certain other
conditions. It is expected that delivery  of the certificates for the shares  of
Common  Stock will be made at the  offices of Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated,
1720 Eye  Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.  or  through the  facilities  of  The
Depository Trust Company on or about             , 1996.
                              FERRIS, BAKER WATTS
                                  INCORPORATED
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1996
<PAGE>
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE SHARES OFFERED
HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN  MARKET.
SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED IN  THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE.
SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company is subject to  the informational requirements of the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and  in accordance
therewith files reports, proxy and information statements and other  information
with  the Securities and  Exchange Commission (the  "Commission"). Such reports,
proxy and  information statements  and other  information can  be inspected  and
copied  at the public reference facilities  maintained by the Commission at Room
1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549; and  at
the  Commission's  Regional Offices  located on  the 13th  Floor, 7  World Trade
Center, New  York, New  York 10048  and  Suite 1400,  500 West  Madison  Street,
Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of  such  material  may also  be  obtained at
prescribed rates  from  the  Public  Reference  Section  of  the  Commission  at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
    A  registration statement on Form SB-2  relating to the Common Stock offered
hereby has been  filed by  the Company  with the  Commission (the  "Registration
Statement").  This Prospectus does not contain  all of the information set forth
in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements
contained in this Prospectus  as to the  contents of any  contract or any  other
document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference
is  made to the copy of  such contract or other document  filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all  respects
by  such  reference. Further  information with  respect to  the Company  and the
Common Stock offered  hereby is  included or  incorporated by  reference in  the
Registration Statement and exhibits. A copy of the Registration Statement may be
inspected  by anyone without charge  and may be obtained  at rates prescribed by
the Commission at the Public Reference Section of the Commission located at  450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, the New York Regional Office located
at  7 World  Trade Center, New  York, New  York 10048, and  the Chicago Regional
Office located at 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661.
 
    Any  statement  contained  in  a  document  incorporated  or  deemed  to  be
incorporated  by reference herein  shall be deemed to  be modified or superseded
for all purposes to the extent that a statement contained in this Prospectus  or
in any other subsequently filed document which is also incorporated by reference
modifies  or supersedes such statement. Any  statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so  modified or superseded, to constitute a  part
of  this Prospectus. The Company  will provide without charge  to each person to
whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of
such person, a copy  of any or  all of the  documents incorporated by  reference
herein  other than  exhibits to such  documents. Requests should  be directed to
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc., at its principal executive office, located
at 1627 K Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20006, Attention: Kimberly J.  Levine,
Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief Financial  Officer  (telephone  number (202)
466-4090).
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  NOTES  THERETO  INCLUDED  IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS. EACH INVESTOR IS ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS PROSPECTUS IN ITS ENTIRETY.
UNLESS  OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES THAT THE
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION WILL NOT  BE EXERCISED, AND GIVES EFFECT  TO
(I)  AN  INCREASE IN  THE NUMBER  OF SHARES  OF AUTHORIZED  COMMON STOCK  OF THE
COMPANY FROM 800,000  TO 5,000,000  AND A  REDUCTION OF  PAR VALUE  TO $.01  PER
SHARE,  AND (II) THE ISSUANCE  BY THE COMPANY OF  A THREE-FOR-ONE STOCK SPLIT IN
THE FORM OF A  STOCK DIVIDEND OF TWO  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  FOR EACH SHARE  OF
COMMON  STOCK ISSUED AND  OUTSTANDING. THESE TRANSACTIONS  ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR
PRIOR TO  THE DATE  OF THE  OFFERING. INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER  THE
INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS."
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Abigail  Adams  National Bancorp,  Inc. (the  "Company")  is a  bank holding
company which conducts  business through its  wholly-owned bank subsidiary,  The
Adams  National Bank (the "Bank"). The  Bank serves the nation's capital through
three full-service offices  located in  Washington, D.C., with  a fourth  branch
expected to open in August 1996. At March 31, 1996, the Company had consolidated
assets  of  $88,889,000, deposits  of  $78,812,000 and  stockholders'  equity of
$6,789,000 and reported net income of $238,000 for the three months then  ended.
The  Company reported record net income of  $959,000 for the year ended December
31, 1995. The Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements. See "Supervision
and Regulation."
 
    Founded in 1977,  the Bank  was the  first federally-chartered  bank in  the
United  States to be  owned and managed  by women. Originally  named The Women's
National Bank, the Bank changed  its name in 1986  to alter the perception  that
the  Bank existed exclusively to  serve the needs of  women. Based on assets and
deposits, the Bank is the largest women-controlled bank in the United States.
 
    The Bank's  customers include  26 Fortune  100 corporations  which  maintain
active  relationships  with  the  Bank, high  net  worth  individuals,  small to
medium-sized businesses, and nonprofit organizations. While providing  financial
services  to a wide ranging customer base, the Bank has established a profitable
niche assisting women, small businesses, minority-owned businesses and nonprofit
organizations. For the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the Company had a return on
average assets of 1.09%, following an  annual return on average assets for  1995
of  1.17%.  In its  marketing  efforts, the  Bank  actively targets  its desired
customer base through various outreach programs, and by officers' and directors'
leadership in business and civic organizations.
 
    Management believes that a large segment  of its identified market has  been
traditionally  underserved by the banking community, and that above average risk
adjusted returns can be generated by those institutions with experience  lending
to  customers  in  this  market.  Commercial  and  real  estate  loans  to small
businesses,  professional  corporations,  and  nonprofit  organizations,   which
account  for approximately 52%  of the Bank's total  loan portfolio, produced an
average yield of 9.95% as of March 31, 1996, compared to 9.40% for the remainder
of the portfolio. In recognition of  the Bank's continuing efforts to serve  its
customer base, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") awarded the
Bank a rating of "Outstanding" under the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA").
 
    The Company's strategy is to
 
    - continue to increase profitability in its core banking franchise which has
      steadily  improved since 1992 as a result of continued emphasis on secured
      commercial lending and an improvement in overall loan quality,
 
    - target expansion  opportunities in  neighboring  markets in  Maryland  and
      Virginia  either through opening new branches or acquiring branches, banks
      or loan portfolios, and
 
    - continue to utilize state of the  art technologies, such as the  Internet,
      PC  banking  for businesses  and  individuals, and  telephone  banking, to
      improve access to targeted markets and to better serve existing customers.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    The Bank  offers a  full range  of banking  services to  its customers  from
checking  and savings deposits  to individualized cash  management accounts. The
Bank's consumer  and commercial  products and  services include  the  following:
demand,  savings and  time deposits;  individual retirement  and Keogh accounts;
collateralized repurchase  agreements;  commercial, industrial,  consumer,  real
estate  and  small business  lending  including installment  loans,  credit card
services, lines of credit and overdraft checking; safe deposit operations; and a
variety of additional services  tailored to the  needs of individual  customers,
such as the acquisition of U.S. Treasury notes and bonds, the sale of travelers'
checks,   money  orders,  cashiers'  checks,  direct  deposit,  custodial,  cash
management and other special services.
 
   
    The Company was  incorporated in Delaware  on July 22,  1981. The  Company's
principal  executive office is located at  1627 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20006, and its telephone number is (202) 466-4090.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Common Stock Offered................  670,000 shares
Common Stock Outstanding After the
  Offering..........................  1,549,532 shares (1)
Dividends on Shares of Common
  Stock.............................  Since  October  1995,  the  Company  has  paid  three
                                      quarterly  dividends  on  its  Common  Stock.  Future
                                      declarations of dividends by  the Board of  Directors
                                      will  depend upon  a number of  factors. The dividend
                                      for the first  quarter of 1996  was $.083 per  share.
                                      For  the  second  quarter of  1996,  the  Company has
                                      declared  a   dividend   of  $.083   per   share   to
                                      stockholders  of record as of July 8, 1996. Investors
                                      in this Offering will not be entitled to receive  the
                                      second  quarter dividend. See  "Price Range of Common
                                      Stock and Dividend Policy."
Proposed Use of Proceeds............  The Company intends to use  the net proceeds of  this
                                      Offering  for  future expansion  and  acquisitions, a
                                      loan  to  The  Adams  National  Bank  Employee  Stock
                                      Ownership  Plan with  401(k) Provisions  ("ESOP") for
                                      the purchase of up to 25,000 shares of Common  Stock,
                                      loan  originations (which will reflect an increase in
                                      the Bank's legal  lending limit  as a  result of  the
                                      Offering),  working  capital  and  general  corporate
                                      purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
NASDAQ/NMS Symbol...................  AANB
Risk Factors........................  Prospective investors should  carefully consider  the
                                      factors  set forth on  page 8 under  "Risk Factors --
                                      Regional  Economic  Conditions,"  "--  Risk  of  Loan
                                      Losses,"  "--  Control  of  the  Company,"  "-- Legal
                                      Lending Limits; Lending Risks," "-- Impact of  Change
                                      of  Ownership  Status,"  "--  Use  of  Proceeds," "--
                                      Limited Trading Market," "-- Offering Price Not Based
                                      Solely  on  Market  Prices,"  "--  Competition,"  "--
                                      Dividend   Restrictions,"   "--  Dependence   on  Key
                                      Personnel," "-- Anti-Takeover  and Change in  Control
                                      Provisions," "-- Regulation," and "-- Monetary Policy
                                      and General Economic Conditions."
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Including  25,000 shares to  be issued by  the Company and  purchased by the
    ESOP upon closing of the Offering.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
    THE SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL DATA SET  FORTH BELOW GIVE  EFFECT TO  A
THREE-FOR-ONE STOCK SPLIT IN THE FORM OF A STOCK DIVIDEND, WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE
PRIOR  TO THE DATE OF THE OFFERING, AND  SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, AND
ARE QUALIFIED  BY REFERENCE  TO, THE  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS OF  THE
COMPANY  AND THE  NOTES THERETO,  AND "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND  ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF OPERATIONS"  INCLUDED  ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              AT OR FOR THE THREE
                                             MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,       AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------  -----------------------------------------------
                                                1996        1995        1995        1994         1993        1992
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net interest income......................  $   1,093   $   1,014   $   4,167   $   4,148    $   4,005   $   3,541
  Provision for loan losses................         --          --          --         221          175         237
  Noninterest income.......................        184         191         841         790          885       1,045
  Noninterest expense:
    Core banking operations................        901         928       3,679       3,855        3,570       3,610
    Other (1)..............................         --          23         102       1,046          534         137
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Income (loss) before income taxes and
    extraordinary item.....................        376         254       1,227        (184)         611         602
  Applicable income tax expense............        138          70         268          --           --         213
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income (loss) after taxes and before
    extraordinary item.....................        238         184         959        (184)         611         389
  Extraordinary item-utilization of net
    operating loss carry-forward...........         --          --          --          --           --         213
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income (loss) (2)....................  $     238   $     184   $     959   $    (184)   $     611   $     602
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Loans, net...............................  $  59,687   $  58,250   $  59,019   $  56,894    $  46,499   $  38,427
  Total assets.............................     87,682      81,321      82,294      81,949       72,994      72,110
  Deposits.................................     77,773      72,541      73,587      73,231       65,886      64,471
  Stockholders' equity.....................      6,727       5,877       6,176       5,843        5,643       5,058
 
PER SHARE DATA: (3)
  Net income (loss) (2)....................  $    0.28   $    0.22   $    1.12   $   (0.22)   $    0.72   $    0.70
  Weighted average number of common shares
    and common share equivalents...........    860,940     854,532     854,532     854,532      854,532     854,532
  Book value (4)...........................  $    7.95   $    6.98   $    7.75   $    6.74    $    7.05   $    6.34
  Dividends................................      0.083          --       0.167          --           --          --
 
SELECTED PERFORMANCE RATIOS: (5)(6)
  Return on average assets.................       1.09%       0.92%       1.17%      (0.22)%       0.84%       0.83%
  Return on average stockholders' equity...      14.23       12.71       15.53       (3.15)       10.83       11.90
  Net interest margin (7)..................       5.35        5.39        5.39        5.42         5.89        5.33
  Dividend payout ratio....................      29.92          --       14.85          --           --          --
 
CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL RATIOS:
  Tier 1 risk-based........................      10.16%       9.79%       9.77%       9.40%       10.32%      11.61%
  Total risk-based.........................      11.46       11.15       11.06       10.76        11.78       13.25
  Leverage (8).............................       7.78        7.41        8.09        7.13         8.26        7.51
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
(1)  Noninterest  expense -  Other consists  of legal  and related  expenses not
     incurred in  connection  with core  banking  operations. These  costs  were
     incurred  in 1995 and 1994 in connection with the issue of the ownership of
     certain shares of the  Company's Common Stock; in  1994, 1993 and 1992,  in
     the  defense  and settlement  of employment  related  lawsuits; and  in the
     expensing in 1994 of previously  deferred professional fees related to  the
     Company's  proposed 1994 securities  offering. See "Management's Discussion
     and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operations --  Other
     Expense."
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
   
(2)  Excluding  the  effect of  Noninterest expense  -  Other, and  after giving
     effect to available tax benefits, net income and net income per share would
     have been as follows, for  the respective periods indicated below.  Dollars
     are in thousands, except per share data.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       MARCH 31,                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                              ----------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                  1996           1995           1995          1994         1993          1992
                                              -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
     Historical net income (loss)...........    $     238      $     184      $     959     $    (184)   $     611     $     602
     Noninterest expense -- Other...........           --             23            102         1,046          534           137
     Tax expense adjustment.................           --            (40)          (263)         (334)          --            --
                                                    -----          -----         ------    -----------  -----------        -----
     Net income, as adjusted................    $     238      $     167      $     798     $     528    $   1,145     $     739
                                                    -----          -----         ------    -----------  -----------        -----
                                                    -----          -----         ------    -----------  -----------        -----
     Net income per share...................    $    0.28      $    0.20      $    0.93     $    0.62    $    1.34     $    0.86
                                                    -----          -----         ------    -----------  -----------        -----
                                                    -----          -----         ------    -----------  -----------        -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(3)  All Per Share Data reflects the three-for-one stock split, in the form of a
    stock dividend, which will take place prior to the date of the Offering.
    
 
   
(4) All  book  value  per share  numbers  are  based on  the  number  of  shares
    outstanding at period end.
    
 
   
(5)  The Selected Performance Ratios for March 31, 1996 and 1995 are computed on
    an annualized basis.
    
 
   
(6) Excluding the effect of  Noninterest expense-Other, and after giving  effect
    to  available tax benefits,  Selected Performance Ratios  would have been as
    follows, for the respective periods indicated below:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                ENDED MARCH 31,              FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------  -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
                                                1996        1995        1995        1994         1993        1992
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
Return on average assets...................       1.09%       0.83%       0.97%        0.64%       1.57%       1.02%
Return on average stockholders' equity.....      14.23       11.53       12.92         9.04       20.29       14.61
Net interest margin........................       5.35        5.39        5.39         5.42        5.89        5.33
Dividend payout ratio......................      29.92          --       17.85           --          --          --
</TABLE>
 
   
(7) No taxable equivalent adjustments are  necessary because the Company had  no
    tax-exempt securities or loans.
    
 
   
(8) Based on annual average assets.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE  PURCHASE  OF THE  COMMON STOCK  INVOLVES  CERTAIN INVESTMENT  RISKS. IN
DETERMINING WHETHER  TO MAKE  AN  INVESTMENT IN  THE COMMON  STOCK,  PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE MATTERS SET FORTH BELOW, AS WELL AS THE
OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN.
 
REGIONAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
   
    The  Company's  lending  customers   are  concentrated  in  the   Washington
metropolitan  region.  At  March  31,  1996, $25,224,000,  or  42%  of  the loan
portfolio, consisted of commercial loans secured by real estate located in  this
region.  In the  past, segments  of the  commercial real  estate market  in this
region have  experienced  deteriorating  economic  trends,  including  declining
occupancy, rental rates, and property values. In addition, a significant decline
in  federal procurement  during the  last quarter  of 1995,  as a  result of two
government shutdowns, has slowed job growth, home sales and retail purchases  in
the  Washington metropolitan region.  At March 31, 1996,  the Company's ratio of
nonperforming assets  to total  assets  was 3.05%  of  which 91%  is  adequately
collateralized or guaranteed by the Small Business Administration ("SBA").
    
 
    Future  unfavorable  economic  conditions,  including  those  resulting from
federal  budget  cutbacks,  could  result  in  provisions  and  writedowns,  and
nonperforming  assets,  along  with  the cost  of  carrying  such  assets, could
increase. The scope of any provisions and writedowns cannot be estimated at this
time, due to the uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, and
the extent  to  which  provisions and  write  downs  will be  required  will  be
dependent  upon  actual  future  economic conditions  and  their  effect  on the
Company's borrowers.
 
RISK OF LOAN LOSSES
 
    The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things,  general
economic  conditions, the type  of loan being made,  the creditworthiness of the
borrower over the term of  the loan and, in the  case of a collateralized  loan,
the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management maintains
an  allowance  for  loan  losses  based  upon,  among  other  things, historical
experience,  an  evaluation  of  economic  conditions  and  regular  reviews  of
delinquencies  and loan portfolio  quality. Based upon  such factors, Management
makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the
loan portfolio and provides an allowance for loan losses based upon a percentage
of  the  outstanding  balances  and  for  specific  loans  when  their  ultimate
collectibility  is  considered  questionable.  If  Management's  assumptions and
judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is  inadequate
to  absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require the Bank
to increase  the  allowance  for  loan losses,  the  Bank's  earnings  could  be
significantly and adversely affected. Because certain lending activities involve
greater  risks,  the  percentage  applied  to  specific  loan  types  may  vary.
Commercial loans may involve greater risk than real estate mortgage loans. As of
March 31, 1996, the Bank  had a total of $41,377,000  in commercial loans and  a
total  of $16,216,000 in  real estate mortgages and  construction loans. Of this
amount, $52,825,000 was  either fully  or partially secured  and $4,768,000  was
unsecured.
 
    As  of March 31, 1996,  the allowance for loan  losses was $1,262,000, which
represented 2.10% of outstanding  loans, net of unearned  income. At such  date,
the  Company had nonaccrual loans totaling $1,463,000. The Bank actively manages
its nonperforming loans in an effort to minimize credit losses and monitors  its
asset  quality to  maintain an  adequate allowance  for credit  losses. Although
Management believes that its allowance for loan losses is adequate, there can be
no assurance  that the  allowance will  prove sufficient  to cover  future  loan
losses. Further, although Management uses the best information available to make
determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments
may   be  necessary  if  economic   conditions  differ  substantially  from  the
assumptions used  or  adverse developments  arise  with respect  to  the  Bank's
nonperforming  or performing loans.  Material additions to  the Bank's allowance
for loan losses  would result in  a decrease in  the Bank's net  income and  its
capital,  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Asset Quality."
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
CONTROL OF THE COMPANY
 
    As  of May  10, 1996,  a group of  eight stockholders  (which includes three
directors of the Company) would  own, directly or indirectly, approximately  37%
of  the total  outstanding shares  of the  Company's Common  Stock, after giving
effect to the sale of 670,000 shares  in this Offering and 25,000 shares to  the
ESOP.  Under  banking  regulations,  this group  controls  the  Company  and has
significant influence over certain decisions, such as mergers and  acquisitions,
and  the election  of the  Board of  Directors of  the Company.  See "Beneficial
Ownership of Shares."
 
LEGAL LENDING LIMITS; LENDING RISKS
 
    At March 31,  1996, the legal  lending limit of  the Bank was  approximately
$1,218,000  per customer. Accordingly, the size of  the loans which the Bank can
offer to potential customers is  less than the size of  loans which many of  the
Bank's  larger competitors are able to offer, although the Bank is able to serve
customers' needs by participating loans with other financial institutions. There
is no assurance  that the lending  limit will increase  in the future,  although
increases  are anticipated, or that the Bank will be successful in attracting or
maintaining larger  volume  customers.  The  risk  of  nonpayment  (or  deferred
payment)  of  loans  is inherent  to  commercial banking.  Moreover,  the Bank's
marketing focus on individual customers and small to medium-sized businesses may
result in the assumption by the Bank of certain lending risks that are different
from those  attendant to  loans  to larger  companies.  Management of  the  Bank
attempts  to minimize  the Bank's credit  risk exposure  through obtaining third
party  or  government  guarantees,  and  through  loan  application  evaluation,
approval,  and monitoring  procedures, but there  can be no  assurance that such
procedures will significantly reduce such lending risks.
 
IMPACT OF CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP STATUS
 
    The Company  qualifies for  participation in  federal and  local  government
programs  that require funds  to be deposited in  minority or women-owned banks.
Some Fortune 500 companies also have banking relationships with the Company  due
to  corporate strategies that encourage business with such banks. As a result of
this Offering,  less than  50% of  the  Common Stock  may be  held by  women  or
minorities  and the  Company's eligibility  for participation  in government and
corporate programs  for  minority and  women-owned  banks would  be  terminated.
Notwithstanding  termination of  these programs,  the Company  would continue to
maintain its commitment to the banking  needs of women and minorities. At  March
31,  1996, the Company had deposits of  $5,400,000, or 7% of total deposits, and
loans of  $2,453,000,  or  4%  of  total  loans,  directly  resulting  from  its
participation  in such programs.  If these deposits and  loans were withdrawn or
repaid and replaced with  deposits and loans having  a market rate of  interest,
net income at March 31, 1996 would have been reduced by a range of approximately
$8,000  (assuming deposits are  replaced at approximately  the same average cost
and loans are replaced at the same rate, or prime) to $20,000 (assuming  Fortune
500  loans and deposits are not replaced  and remaining deposits are replaced at
the same cost). The termination  of the Company's eligibility for  participation
in  such programs also could constitute an  event of default under the lease for
the Bank's  branch  in  Union  Station. Although,  in  Management's  opinion,  a
termination  of  the  lease  for  the Union  Station  branch  would  not  have a
significant financial impact upon the Company,  a termination of leases for  the
Bank's  ATMs in  Union Station could  adversely affect the  Company's results of
operations.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The use  of proceeds  of this  Offering is  subject to  reallocation by  the
Management of the Company. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
LIMITED TRADING MARKET
 
    Currently,  approximately 68% of  the outstanding shares  of Common Stock is
owned by eight investors who  purchased their shares as a  group in 1995 from  a
single  investor and, as  a consequence, there  has been a  very limited trading
market   for   the   Common   Stock.   While   there   can   be   no   assurance
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
   
that  an active trading  market will develop  as a result  of this Offering, the
Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the NASDAQ/NMS. See "Price Range
of Common Stock and Dividend Policy" and "Beneficial Ownership of Shares."
    
 
OFFERING PRICE NOT BASED SOLELY ON MARKET PRICES
 
    The public  offering  price of  the  Common  Stock has  been  determined  by
negotiations  between the Company and Representative of the several underwriters
based on certain factors including the  current market for the Common Stock,  an
evaluation  of assets, earnings and other established criteria of value, as well
as the comparisons of the relationships between market prices and book values of
other financial institutions of a similar size and asset quality. Such  decision
will  not be solely  based upon an  actual trading market  for the Common Stock;
accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Common Stock may be resold at or
above the offering price. See "Underwriting."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company faces substantial competition for deposits and loans  throughout
its  market area. Competition for deposits comes primarily from other commercial
banks, savings associations, credit  unions, money market  and mutual funds  and
other  investment alternatives. Competition for loans comes primarily from other
commercial banks, savings  associations, mortgage banking  firms, credit  unions
and  other financial intermediaries. The  Company faces competition for deposits
and loans throughout its market areas not only from local institutions but  also
from  out-of-state financial  intermediaries which  have opened  loan production
offices or which  solicit deposits in  its market areas.  Many of the  financial
intermediaries  operating in the  Company's market area  offer certain services,
such as trust, investment and international banking services, which the  Company
does  not offer. Additionally, banks with  a larger capitalization and financial
intermediaries not subject to bank  regulatory restrictions have larger  lending
limits  and  are  thereby able  to  serve  the needs  of  larger  customers. See
"Business -- Competition."
 
DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
 
    The Company's ability to pay cash dividends is limited by the provisions  of
Delaware  law  which permit  the  payment of  dividends  from either  surplus or
retained earnings.  In  addition, the  ability  of the  Company  to pay  a  cash
dividend  depends upon the Bank's ability to pay a cash dividend to the Company.
The National Bank  Act imposes  limitations on the  amount of  dividends that  a
national  bank, such as the Bank,  may pay without regulatory approval. Although
the Company intends to retain a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering  for
working  capital and possible  future dividends, there can  be no assurance that
the future  operations of  the Company  or the  Bank will  result in  sufficient
retained  earnings to permit the payment of dividends. See "Use of Proceeds" and
"Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's  future  success depends  on  the continued  contributions  of
certain  key management personnel,  including Barbara Davis  Blum, Chairwoman of
the Board of Directors, President and  Chief Executive Officer. The Company  has
entered  into a two-year renewable employment  agreement with Ms. Blum effective
February 20, 1996. The Company's continued growth and profitability depend  upon
its  ability to attract  and retain skilled  managerial, marketing and technical
personnel. Competition  for  qualified  personnel in  the  banking  industry  is
intense,  and there can be  no assurance that the  Company will be successful in
attracting and  retaining  such personnel.  See  "Management" and  "Business  --
Competition" and "-- Employees."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
 
    Pursuant  to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the Company's Board
of Directors has the authority to issue shares of stock without any further vote
or action by the stockholders, subject to certain provisions of rules  governing
companies  whose  stock is  quoted on  NASDAQ/NMS. The  issuance of  stock under
certain circumstances could have the effect  of delaying or preventing a  change
in  control  of the  Company.  In addition,  the  Company has  adopted  a Rights
Agreement which entitles
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
each stockholder to purchase  from the Company  one share of  Common Stock at  a
price  of $20.11 per share, subject to adjustment, upon certain events involving
a potential significant change in ownership  of the Company's Common Stock.  The
Rights Agreement also provides for the issuance to the Company's stockholders of
certain  shares of common  stock of an  acquiring company in  the event that the
Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50%
or more  of  its consolidated  assets  or earning  power  are sold.  The  Rights
Agreement also may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control
of  the  Company.  Finally,  the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law establishes
special requirements with respect to "business combinations" between a  Delaware
corporation  and an "interested  stockholder." These provisions  of the Delaware
General Corporation Law could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change
in control of the Company. See  "Description of Capital Stock -- Common  Stock,"
"-- Common Stock Purchase Rights," and "-- Delaware Business Combination Law."
 
REGULATION
 
    The  operations of  the Company  and the  Bank are  and will  be affected by
current and future legislation and by the policies established from time to time
by various federal  and state  regulatory authorities.  The Bank  is subject  to
supervision   and  periodic   examination  by  the   Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation ("FDIC"), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System  (the
"Federal  Reserve Board"), and the OCC. The Company is subject to supervision by
the Federal  Reserve  Board. Banking  regulations,  designed primarily  for  the
safety  of depositors, may limit a financial institution's growth and the return
to its investors  by restricting such  activities as the  payment of  dividends,
mergers  with  or acquisitions  by  other institutions,  investments,  loans and
interest rates, interest rates  paid on deposits,  expansion of branch  offices,
and  providing  securities  or  trust  services. The  Bank  also  is  subject to
capitalization guidelines set forth in federal legislation, and could be subject
to enforcement  actions to  the extent  that  the Bank  is found  by  regulatory
examiners to be undercapitalized. It is not possible to predict what changes, if
any,  will be made to existing federal  and state legislation and regulations or
the effect  that such  changes may  have  on the  future business  and  earnings
prospects  of the Company and  the Bank. The cost  of compliance with regulatory
requirements may adversely affect the  Company's ability to operate  profitably.
See "Supervision and Regulation."
 
MONETARY POLICY AND GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
    The  operating and  net income  of the  Bank and  any banks  acquired by the
Company in the  future will depend  to a great  extent on "rate  differentials,"
i.e., the difference between the income a bank receives from earning assets such
as  loans, investment  securities, and  other assets,  and the  interest paid on
interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits. These rates are highly  sensitive
to  many  factors that  are  beyond the  control of  the  Company and  the Bank,
including general economic conditions and  the policies of various  governmental
and regulatory authorities, in particular the Federal Reserve Board.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The  proceeds to the Company from the sale of 670,000 shares of Common Stock
offered hereby will be approximately $5,577,750 ($6,414,413 if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full),  based upon the sale of the  shares
offered  hereby at an  estimated public offering  price per share  of $9.00. The
Company intends to loan  approximately $225,000 to the  ESOP for the purpose  of
funding the ESOP's purchase of up to 25,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
upon  closing of the Offering. The balance of  the net proceeds will be used for
future expansion and acquisitions, originating  loans reflecting an increase  in
the  Bank's legal lending limit, working  capital and general corporate purposes
including the payment of dividends.
 
    With respect  to future  acquisitions, the  Company is  regularly  reviewing
potential acquisitions, although it has no current agreements, understandings or
commitments  with respect to any material transactions. The foregoing represents
the  Company's   estimate   of  the   allocation   of  the   net   proceeds   of
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
this  Offering based  upon the  current status  of its  business operations, its
current plans and current economic conditions. Future events, as well as changes
in competitive conditions affecting the  Company's business, may make shifts  in
the  allocation of funds necessary or desirable. A change in the use of proceeds
or timing of such use will  be at the Company's discretion. Pending  longer-term
deployment  of the net proceeds from this  Offering, it is expected that the net
proceeds will  be used  to  make short-term  loans  or invested  in  short-term,
investment-grade,  interest  bearing securities.  See  "Risk Factors  --  Use of
Proceeds."
 
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
    The Company's Common Stock has  been traded in the over-the-counter  market,
on  the  OTC Bulletin  Board. Trading  in  the Company's  Common Stock  has been
limited and sporadic. Average monthly trading  volume was 4,900 shares in  1994,
21,175  shares in 1995 and  7,550 shares for the period  from January 1, 1996 to
June 28,  1996.  The  Common  Stock  has been  approved  for  quotation  on  the
NASDAQ/NMS under the symbol "AANB." Although the Company believes that liquidity
in  the Common Stock will increase after the Offering, no assurance can be given
that a more  active trading market  for the  Common Stock will  develop or  that
shares  can be resold,  if at all, at  a price in excess  of the public offering
price.
    
 
   
    The most recent  trade of  the Common Stock,  as reported  by Ferris,  Baker
Watts,  Incorporated, was at $8.83 per share on  June 27, 1996 for 900 shares of
Common Stock. This  price is not  necessarily indicative of  the current  market
price  of  the Common  Stock. Based  upon information  provided by  the National
Quotation Bureau, the bid prices for the Common Stock ranged from $3.83 to $5.00
during 1994, from $5.00 to  $8.17 during 1995, and from  $7.83 to $8.33 for  the
period from January 1, 1996 through June 28, 1996. On June 28, 1996, the closing
bid and asked prices for the Common Stock, as reported by the National Quotation
Bureau, were $8.33 and $9.33, respectively.
    
 
    The  foregoing price and volume information has been adjusted to give effect
to the issuance by the Company of a  three-for-one stock split in the form of  a
stock  dividend  of  two  shares  of Common  Stock  for  each  share  issued and
outstanding. These prices reflect inter-dealer prices and do not include  retail
mark-ups,  mark-downs  or  commissions  and  may  not  have  represented  actual
transactions or the actual fair market value of the Common Stock at the time  of
such transaction due to the infrequency of trades and the limited market for the
Common Stock.
 
   
    During  1995, the  Company declared two  $.083 cash dividends  on the Common
Stock for  a total  of $142,422.  For the  first quarter  of 1996,  the  Company
declared  a $.083 cash dividend,  paid in April 1996.  For the second quarter of
1996, the  Company  declared  a $.083  cash  dividend,  which will  be  paid  to
stockholders  of record as of July 8,  1996. Investors in this Offering will not
be entitled to receive the second  quarter dividend. The Board of Directors  has
adopted  a policy  pursuant to which  the Board  will consider the  payment of a
dividend each quarter, giving due regard to numerous factors, including, but not
limited to,  sufficiency  of  regulatory capital,  applicable  laws,  investment
opportunities  and general  economic conditions. The  Board is  not obligated to
declare a dividend of any  minimum amount or to declare  a dividend at all.  The
Company's ability to pay cash dividends is limited by the provisions of Delaware
law,  which  permit the  payment of  dividends from  either surplus  or retained
earnings. In addition, the ability of the Company to pay a cash dividend depends
on the Bank's ability to pay a  cash dividend to the Company. The National  Bank
Act imposes limitations on the amount of dividends that a national bank, such as
the  Bank, may pay  without prior regulatory approval.  Generally, the amount is
limited to the Bank's current year's net earnings plus the retained net earnings
for the  two preceding  years. Notwithstanding  these limitations,  the  Company
intends  to retain  a portion of  the net  proceeds of the  Offering for working
capital and possible future dividends.
    
 
    As of May 10, 1996, 854,532 shares of Common Stock were outstanding, held by
578 stockholders of record.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets  forth the capitalization of  the Company at  March
31,  1996, and  as adjusted  to give  effect to  the receipt  by the  Company of
proceeds from the sale of the 670,000  shares of Common Stock offered hereby  at
an  estimated offering price of  $9.00 per share and the  sale by the Company of
25,000 shares to the ESOP at an  estimated price of $9.00 per share. This  table
should  be read  in conjunction  with "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and  Results of Operations"  and the Consolidated  Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996(1)
                                                                                     -----------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
                                                                                        ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
Long-term portion of capital note (2)..............................................  $     167,625  $      167,625
Stockholders' equity:
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; 859,212 shares issued;
   854,532 shares outstanding; 1,554,212 shares issued as adjusted; 1,549,532
   shares outstanding as adjusted (3)..............................................          8,592          15,542
Additional paid-in capital.........................................................      6,147,421      11,943,221
ESOP shares........................................................................             --        (225,000)
Retained earnings..................................................................        698,652         698,652
Less: Treasury stock...............................................................        (28,710)        (28,710)
Less: Unrealized loss on securities, net of taxes..................................        (36,670)        (36,670)
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
Total stockholders' equity.........................................................      6,789,285      12,367,035
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
Total capitalization...............................................................  $   6,956,910  $   12,534,660
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
Book value per share...............................................................  $        7.95  $         7.98
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
                                                                                     -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Gives  effect to (i) the proposed  amendment of the Company's Certificate of
    Incorporation to increase the authorized shares of Common Stock from 800,000
    to 5,000,000 and reduce  the par value  of the Common  Stock from $10.00  to
    $.01  per share, and (ii) the issuance of a three-for-one stock split in the
    form of a stock dividend. The  information in this table assumes that  these
    corporate actions occurred as of March 31, 1996.
 
(2) The  total outstanding  principal amount of  the capital note  was repaid in
    full on May 21, 1996.
 
(3) Does not  include 91,416  shares  issuable upon  exercise of  stock  options
    granted  under the  Company's stock option  plans and  a non-qualified stock
    option agreement. See "Management -- Executive Compensation."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The following Selected Consolidated  Financial Data for, and  as of the  end
of,  each of  the years  in the  four year  period ended  December 31,  1995 are
derived from the audited consolidated  financial statements of the Company.  The
following  selected interim  consolidated data  for, and as  of the  end of, the
three month  periods  ended March  31,  1996 and  1995  have been  derived  from
unaudited  financial  statements  of  the  Company,  which,  in  the  opinion of
Management, have been  prepared on the  same basis as  the audited  Consolidated
Financial  Statements included herein, and reflect all adjustments, which are of
a normal recurring nature, necessary for  a fair presentation of such data.  The
results  of the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of
a full  year. The  Selected Consolidated  Financial Data  set forth  below  give
effect  to a three-for-one  stock split in  the form of  a stock dividend, which
will take place prior to the Offering,  and should be read in conjunction  with,
and  are qualified by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company and  the Notes  thereto, and  "Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of Operations"  included  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              AT OR FOR THE THREE
                                             MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,       AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------  -----------------------------------------------
                                                1996        1995        1995        1994         1993        1992
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Total interest income....................  $   1,807   $   1,670   $   6,914   $   6,082    $   5,513   $   5,420
  Total interest expense...................        714         656       2,747       1,934        1,508       1,879
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Net interest income......................      1,093       1,014       4,167       4,148        4,005       3,541
  Provision for loan losses................         --          --          --         221          175         237
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Net interest income after provision for
   loan losses.............................      1,093       1,014       4,167       3,927        3,830       3,304
  Noninterest income.......................        184         191         841         790          885       1,045
  Noninterest expense:
    Core banking operations................        901         928       3,679       3,855        3,570       3,610
    Other (1)..............................         --          23         102       1,046          534         137
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
    Income (loss) before taxes and
     extraordinary item....................        376         254       1,227        (184)         611         602
  Applicable income tax expense............        138          70         268          --           --         213
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Income (loss) after taxes and before
   extraordinary item......................        238         184         959        (184)         611         389
  Extraordinary item -- utilization of net
   operating loss carry forward............         --          --          --          --           --         213
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income (loss) (2)....................  $     238   $     184   $     959   $    (184)   $     611   $     602
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
 
PER SHARE DATA: (3)
  Income (loss) before extraordinary
   item....................................  $    0.28   $    0.22   $    1.12   $   (0.22)   $    0.72   $    0.45
  Extraordinary item.......................         --          --          --          --           --        0.25
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Net income (loss) (2)....................  $    0.28   $    0.22   $    1.12   $   (0.22)   $    0.72   $    0.70
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Weighted average number of common shares
   and common share equivalents............    860,940     854,532     854,532     854,532      854,532     854,532
  Book value (4)...........................  $    7.95   $    6.98   $    7.75   $    6.74    $    7.05   $    6.34
  Dividends................................      0.083          --       0.167          --           --          --
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              AT OR FOR THE THREE
                                             MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,       AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------  -----------------------------------------------
                                                1996        1995        1995        1994         1993        1992
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
  Cash and due from banks..................  $   4,478   $   4,073   $   4,953   $   4,349    $   3,718   $   5,109
  Short-term investments...................     11,337       4,466       9,962       1,791        4,791         396
  Securities available for sale............      4,998       5,521       5,508       6,009       11,005       7,604
  Investment securities....................      7,564       8,911       8,193       9,081        5,006      10,992
  Loans held for sale......................         --          --          --          --          128          --
  Loans....................................     60,215      58,920      63,592      60,729       54,750      43,459
  Allowance for loan losses................     (1,262)     (1,290)     (1,274)     (1,289)      (1,386)     (1,320)
  Bank premises and equipment..............        287         343         278         369          339         435
  Other real estate........................         --          --          --          --          728         733
  Other assets.............................      1,272       1,286       1,153       1,221        1,031       1,296
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
    Total assets...........................  $  88,889   $  82,230   $  92,365   $  82,260    $  80,110   $  68,704
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Noninterest-bearing deposits.............  $  20,572   $  16,798   $  23,444   $  19,677    $  17,193   $  15,796
  Interest-bearing deposits................     58,240      58,118      59,619      55,616       55,263      45,051
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
  Total deposits...........................     78,812      74,916      83,063      75,293       72,456      60,847
  Short-term borrowings....................      2,233         548       1,786         361          195       1,595
  Long-term debt -- capital note...........        168         261         186         261          317         355
  Other liabilities........................        887         542         711         583        1,115         491
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities......................     82,100      76,267      85,746      76,498       74,083      63,288
  Stockholders'equity......................      6,789       5,963       6,619       5,762        6,027       5,416
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders'
     equity................................  $  88,889   $  82,230   $  92,365   $  82,260    $  80,110   $  68,704
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
SELECTED PERFORMANCE RATIOS: (5)(6)
  Return on average assets.................       1.09%       0.92%       1.17%       (.22)%        .84%        .83%
  Return on average stockholders' equity...      14.23       12.71       15.53       (3.15)       10.83       11.90
  Net interest margin (7)..................       5.35        5.39        5.39        5.42         5.89        5.33
  Dividend payout ratio....................      29.92          --       14.85          --           --          --
CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL RATIOS:
  Tier 1 risk-based........................      10.16%       9.79%       9.77%       9.40%       10.32%      11.61%
  Total risk-based.........................      11.46       11.15       11.06       10.76        11.78       13.25
  Leverage (8).............................       7.78        7.41        8.09        7.13         8.26        7.51
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
(1)  Noninterest expense  - Other  consists of  legal and  related expenses  not
     incurred  in  connection with  core  banking operations.  These  costs were
     incurred in 1995 and 1994 in connection with the issue of the ownership  of
     certain  shares of the Company's  Common Stock; in 1994,  1993 and 1992, in
     the defense  and settlement  of  employment related  lawsuits; and  in  the
     expensing  in 1994 of previously deferred  professional fees related to the
     Company's proposed 1994 securities  offering. See "Management's  Discussion
     and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  -- Other
     Expense."
    
(2)  Excluding the effect of Noninterest expense-Other, and after giving  effect
     to  available tax benefits, net income and  net income per share would have
     been as follows, for the respective periods indicated below. Dollars are in
     thousands except per share data.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      MARCH 31,                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
                                                 1996           1995           1995           1994          1993          1992
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
     Historical net income (loss)..........    $     238      $     184      $     959      $    (184)    $     611     $     602
     Noninterest expense -- other..........           --             23            102          1,046           534           137
     Tax expense adjustment................           --            (40)          (263)          (334)           --            --
                                                   -----          -----          -----          -----    -----------        -----
     Net income, as adjusted...............    $     238      $     167      $     798      $     528     $   1,145     $     739
                                                   -----          -----          -----          -----    -----------        -----
                                                   -----          -----          -----          -----    -----------        -----
     Net income per share..................    $    0.28      $    0.20      $    0.93      $    0.62     $    1.34     $    0.86
                                                   -----          -----          -----          -----    -----------        -----
                                                   -----          -----          -----          -----    -----------        -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(3) All Per Share Data reflects the three-for-one stock split, in the form of  a
    stock dividend, which will take place prior to the date of the Offering.
    
   
(4)  All  book  value  per share  numbers  are  based on  the  number  of shares
    outstanding at period end.
    
   
(5) Excluding the effect of  Noninterest expense-Other, and after giving  effect
    to  available tax benefits,  Selected Performance Ratios  would have been as
    follows, for the respective periods indicated below:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      MARCH 31,                         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                 1996           1995           1995           1994           1993          1992
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  -------------
Return on average assets...................        1.09%          0.83%          0.97%          0.64%          1.57%         1.02%
Return on average stockholders' equity.....       14.23          11.53          12.92           9.04          20.29         14.61
Net interest margin........................        5.35           5.39           5.39           5.42           5.89          5.33
Dividend payout ratio......................       29.92             --          17.85             --             --            --
</TABLE>
 
   
(6) The Selected Performance Ratios for March 31, 1996 and 1995 are computed  on
    an annualized basis.
    
   
(7)  No taxable equivalent adjustments are  necessary because the Company had no
    tax-exempt securities or loans.
    
   
(8) Based on annual average assets.
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The year ended December 31,  1995 represented the Company's most  successful
year.  The Company reported record net  income of $959,000, and assets increased
by $10,105,000 to $92,365,000, in 1995.  For the three month period ended  March
31, 1996, the Company had net income of $238,000, reflecting a 29% increase over
the $184,000 net income recorded for the comparable period in 1995.
 
    The  Company continues to maintain a  "well capitalized" status with a total
risk-based capital  ratio (total  capital divided  by assets  weighted for  risk
elements)  of  11.46%  and 11.06%  at  March  31, 1996  and  December  31, 1995,
respectively. Of these ratios, Tier 1 capital at March 31, 1996 and December 31,
1995 represents 10.16% and 9.77%, respectively, while the leverage ratio  (based
on annual average assets) is 7.78% and 8.09%, respectively.
 
   
    The  Company reported a net loss of $184,000 for the year ended December 31,
1994, due to  legal and related  expenses not incurred  in connection with  core
banking  operations. These costs were incurred  in the defense and settlement of
certain employment  related  lawsuits,  the  expensing  of  previously  deferred
professional fees related to the Company's proposed 1994 securities offering and
professional  fees incurred in connection with the issue of ownership of certain
shares of  the Company's  Common  Stock. See  "Other  Expense." If  these  items
totaling $1,046,000 in 1994 are excluded, the Company would have been profitable
with  net income after taxes  of $714,000. The $714,000  adjusted net income for
1994 assumes that the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was utilized in
1994 instead of 1995 thus resulting in a lower income tax expense for 1994.  Had
this  actually been the  case, net income  for 1995 would  not have utilized the
valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and net income for 1995, adjusted for
$102,000 in costs  incurred during the  year to finalize  the ownership  issues,
would have been $805,000, reflecting an increase of 13% over 1994's adjusted net
income  of $714,000. The Company also incurred legal and related expenses not in
connection with its core banking operations of $534,000 in 1993 and $137,000  in
1992,  relating to  the defense and  settlement of  employment related lawsuits.
Despite these expenses, the Company remained profitable in those years but as  a
result  of available tax benefits,  did not record an  income tax provision. Had
these expenses not been incurred in 1993 and 1992, the Company would have  fully
utilized  its available tax benefits  on an accelerated basis  and by 1994 would
have been required to  record a greater tax  expense, of $186,000, resulting  in
adjusted  net income of $528,000 as compared  to the $714,000 referred to above.
If these legal and related expenses not incurred in connection with core banking
operations, referred  to  above,  were  excluded from  each  year's  net  income
beginning in 1992 and the related tax benefits are assumed to be utilized at the
earliest  available date,  net income would  have been $798,000  and $528,000 in
1995 and 1994, respectively.
    
 
    The following  analysis of  financial condition  and results  of  operations
should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
         DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY;
                                YIELDS AND RATES
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
                                 1994 AND 1993
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           ------------------------------------
                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                           1995
                                                     ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
                                                      AVERAGE     INCOME                    AVERAGE     INCOME
                                                      BALANCE     EXPENSE    AVERAGE RATE   BALANCE     EXPENSE    AVERAGE RATE
                                                     ---------  -----------  ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans (1)........................................  $  60,960   $   1,509         9.96%   $  60,318   $   5,902         9.78%
  Securities.......................................     12,612         182         5.80       14,367         859         5.98
  Federal funds sold and resale agreements.........      8,103         109         5.41        2,235         130         5.82
  Bankers' acceptances.............................         --          --           --           --          --           --
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks.........        488           7         5.77          433          23         5.31
                                                     ---------  -----------                ---------  -----------
    Total interest-earning assets..................     82,163       1,807         8.85       77,353       6,914         8.94
Allowance for loan losses..........................     (1,273)                               (1,299)
Cash and due from banks............................      5,337                                 4,715
Bank premises and equipment........................        274                                   320
Other assets.......................................      1,181                                 1,205
                                                     ---------                             ---------
    Total assets...................................  $  87,682                             $  82,294
                                                     ---------                             ---------
                                                     ---------                             ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Time deposits....................................  $  27,787         272         3.94    $  27,740       1,094         3.94
  Certificates of deposit..........................     28,440         410         5.80       27,300       1,544         5.66
  Federal funds purchased and repurchase
   agreements......................................      2,244          29         5.20        1,600          89         5.56
  Other short term borrowings......................         --          --           --          104           6         5.77
  Long-term debt...................................        186           3         6.49          233          14         6.01
                                                     ---------  -----------                ---------  -----------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities.............     58,657         714         4.90       56,977       2,747         4.82
                                                                -----------                           -----------
Non interest-bearing liabilities:
  Demand deposits..................................     21,546                                18,547
  Other liabilities................................        752                                   594
Stockholders' equity...............................      6,727                                 6,176
                                                     ---------                             ---------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.....  $  87,682                             $  82,294
                                                     ---------                             ---------
                                                     ---------                             ---------
Net interest income (2)............................              $   1,093                             $   4,167
                                                                -----------                           -----------
                                                                -----------                           -----------
Net interest spread................................                                3.95%                                 4.12%
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
Net interest margin................................                                5.35%                                 5.39%
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                     1994                                  1993
                                                     ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
 
                                                      AVERAGE     INCOME                    AVERAGE     INCOME
                                                      BALANCE     EXPENSE    AVERAGE RATE   BALANCE     EXPENSE    AVERAGE RATE
 
                                                     ---------  -----------  ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans (1)........................................  $  58,245   $   5,100         8.76%   $  47,903   $   4,412         9.21%
 
  Securities.......................................     15,609         876         5.61       16,540         989         5.98
 
  Federal funds sold and resale agreements.........      2,246          88         3.92        2,598          83         3.19
 
  Bankers' acceptances.............................         --          --           --          528          17         3.22
 
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks.........        491          18         3.67          406          12         2.96
 
                                                     ---------  -----------                ---------  -----------
    Total interest-earning assets..................     76,591       6,082         7.94       67,975       5,513         8.11
 
Allowance for loan losses..........................     (1,351)                               (1,404)
Cash and due from banks............................      4,951                                 4,299
Bank premises and equipment........................        364                                   396
Other assets.......................................      1,394                                 1,728
                                                     ---------                             ---------
    Total assets...................................  $  81,949                             $  72,994
                                                     ---------                             ---------
                                                     ---------                             ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Time deposits....................................  $  28,556         839         2.94    $  26,848         708         2.64
 
  Certificates of deposit..........................     25,798       1,017         3.94       23,351         763         3.27
 
  Federal funds purchased and repurchase
   agreements......................................      1,549          57         3.68          465          17         3.66
 
  Other short term borrowings......................         61           3         4.92           --          --           --
 
  Long-term debt...................................        299          18         6.02          340          20         5.88
 
                                                     ---------  -----------                ---------  -----------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities.............     56,263       1,934         3.44       51,004       1,508         2.96
 
                                                                -----------                           -----------
Non interest-bearing liabilities:
  Demand deposits..................................     18,877                                15,687
  Other liabilities................................        966                                   660
Stockholders' equity...............................      5,843                                 5,643
                                                     ---------                             ---------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.....  $  81,949                             $  72,994
                                                     ---------                             ---------
                                                     ---------                             ---------
Net interest income (2)............................              $   4,148                             $   4,005
                                                                -----------                           -----------
                                                                -----------                           -----------
Net interest spread................................                                4.50%                                 5.15%
 
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
 
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
 
Net interest margin................................                                5.42%                                 5.89%
 
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
 
                                                                                    ---                                   ---
 
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Nonaccrual loans are  included in  the average loan  balances. Interest  on
     loans  includes  fees  of  approximately  $40,000,  $152,000,  $151,000 and
     $151,000  for  March  31,   1996,  December  31,   1995,  1994  and   1993,
     respectively.
 
(2)  No  taxable equivalent adjustments are necessary because the Company had no
     tax-exempt securities or loans during 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
 
    Net  interest  income,  the  most  significant  component  of  the Company's
earnings, increased by $80,000, or 8%, to $1,093,000 for the first three  months
of  1996  as compared  to  $1,014,000 for  the  comparable 1995  period. Average
earning assets  for  the first  quarter  of  1996 of  $82,163,000  increased  by
$5,881,000,  or  8%, over  the comparable  1995  period. Increased  net interest
income resulting from a  30% increase in demand  deposit accounts for the  first
quarter of 1996 as compared to 1995 more than offset the effects of a decline in
the  average loan to deposit ratio of 78% for the first quarter of 1996 from 82%
for the comparable prior year period, as well as an increased cost of  deposits.
These  factors combined to produce a net interest spread (the difference between
the average  interest  rate  earned  on  interest-earning  assets  and  paid  on
interest-bearing  liabilities) of 3.95% and a  net interest margin (net interest
income as a  percentage of  average interest-earning  assets) of  5.35% for  the
first  quarter of  1996, reflecting  decreases of  36 basis  points and  4 basis
points, respectively, from the first quarter of 1995.
 
    Net interest income increased by $19,000, or less than 1%, to $4,167,000  in
1995  as compared to $4,148,000 in 1994. This variance is consistent with the 1%
increase in average earning assets during  the same period. Although the mix  of
earning  assets  during  1995  was more  heavily  weighted  towards  loans, thus
improving interest income, a 138 basis point increase in rates paid on  deposits
for  1995  as  compared to  1994  offset  virtually all  the  positive variances
achieved in interest income.
 
    Although the net interest spread decreased by 38 basis points from 4.50%  in
1994  to  4.12% in  1995, a  $762,000 increase  in the  level of  earning assets
coupled with improvements in  the mix of earning  assets during the same  period
caused  net interest income to increase by  $19,000. The net interest margin for
1995 declined  to  5.39%  from  5.42% for  1994.  Loans,  the  highest  yielding
component  of  earning assets,  represented approximately  78% of  total average
earning assets for 1995 as compared to approximately 76% for 1994.
 
    Net interest income, increased by $143,000, or 4%, to $4,148,000 in 1994  as
compared  to $4,005,000 in  1993. This positive  variance is a  direct result of
both the $8,616,000,  or 13%, increase  in average earning  assets from 1993  to
1994  and the Company's efforts to realign its earning assets to maximize yield.
The increase in net interest income occurred despite an increase in the  average
rate  paid on  interest-bearing liabilities and  a decrease in  the average rate
earned  on  interest-earning  assets.  As  illustrated  in  the  table  entitled
"Distribution  of  Assets,  Liabilities  and  Stockholders'  Equity;  Yields and
Rates," the  rate paid  on interest-bearing  liabilities increased  by 48  basis
points  to 3.44%, while the yield on  earning assets declined by 17 basis points
to 7.94% in 1994 as compared to  1993. A significant contributor to the  decline
in earning asset yields was a more competitive loan pricing strategy implemented
during  1994,  resulting in  22% average  loan  growth as  compared to  1993. In
addition, during 1993, the Company  recognized as interest income  approximately
$125,000 in purchase discounts on the payoff of a portion of the loans purchased
from  the FDIC. When  this interest income  is excluded from  1993, the yield on
earning assets for 1993 would have been 7.93% as compared to 7.94% for 1994.
 
   
    Although the net interest spread decreased by 65 basis points from 5.15%  in
1993  to 4.50% in  1994, an $8,616,000  increase in the  level of earning assets
coupled with a lesser increase in  the level of interest-bearing liabilities  of
$5,259,000  caused net interest  income to increase.  Despite the improvement in
the mix of earning  assets away from securities  and short-term investments  and
towards  loans and the increase in net noninterest-bearing sources of funds, the
net interest margin for  1994 declined to  5.42% from 5.89%  for 1993. Loans  in
1994  represented approximately 76% of total  average earning assets as compared
to approximately 70% for the comparable 1993 period.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                    INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
                   ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                        MARCH 31, 1996 VERSUS
                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED                                                          1994 VERSUS
                                           MARCH 31, 1995                            1995 VERSUS 1994                   1993
                             -------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  ---------------
                                                      CHANGE PER:                               CHANGE PER:
                               NET INCREASE     ------------------------   NET INCREASE    ----------------------   NET INCREASE
                              (DECREASE) (1)       RATE        VOLUME     (DECREASE) (1)     RATE       VOLUME     (DECREASE) (1)
                             -----------------     -----     -----------  ---------------  ---------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                          <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>
Interest income from:
  Loans (2)................      $      91       $      57    $      34      $     802     $     620   $     182      $     688
  Securities...............            (46)            (11)         (35)           (17)           53         (70)          (113)
  Federal funds sold and
   securities purchased
   under agreements to
   resell..................             90              (4)          94             42            43          (1)             5
  Bankers acceptances......             --              --           --             --            --          --            (17)
  Interest-bearing deposits
   in banks................              1               1           --              5             7          (2)             6
                                       ---             ---          ---          -----     ---------       -----         ------
    Total interest
     income (3)............            136              43           93            832           723         109            569
Interest expense on:
  Time deposits (4)........            (12)              3          (15)           255           279         (24)           131
  Certificates of
   deposit.................             73              48           25            527           468          59            254
  Short-term borrowings....             (3)             (4)           1             35            32           3             43
  Long-term borrowings.....             (1)             --           (1)            (4)           --          (4)            (2)
                                       ---             ---          ---          -----     ---------       -----         ------
    Total interest
     expense...............             57              47           10            813           779          34            426
                                       ---             ---          ---          -----     ---------       -----         ------
    Net interest
     income (3)............      $      79       $      (4)   $      83      $      19     $     (56)  $      75      $     143
                                       ---             ---          ---          -----     ---------       -----         ------
                                       ---             ---          ---          -----     ---------       -----         ------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                  CHANGE PER:
                             ----------------------
                               RATE       VOLUME
                             ---------  -----------
<S>                          <C>        <C>
Interest income from:
  Loans (2)................  $    (265)  $     953
  Securities...............        (57)        (56)
  Federal funds sold and
   securities purchased
   under agreements to
   resell..................         16         (11)
  Bankers acceptances......         --         (17)
  Interest-bearing deposits
   in banks................          3           3
                             ---------       -----
    Total interest
     income (3)............       (303)        872
Interest expense on:
  Time deposits (4)........         86          45
  Certificates of
   deposit.................        174          80
  Short-term borrowings....          1          42
  Long-term borrowings.....         --          (2)
                             ---------       -----
    Total interest
     expense...............        261         165
                             ---------       -----
    Net interest
     income (3)............  $    (564)  $     707
                             ---------       -----
                             ---------       -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Changes due to both rate and volume are allocated to rate.
 
(2)  Interest on loans  includes loan  fees of  approximately $40,000,  $42,000,
     $152,000,  $151,000 and $151,000  for the periods ended  March 31, 1996 and
     1995, December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
(3)  No taxable equivalent adjustments are necessary because the Company had  no
     tax-exempt securities or loans during 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
(4)  Includes transaction accounts.
 
OTHER INCOME
 
    Total  other income, which consists primarily of service charges on deposits
and other fee income, decreased by approximately $7,000, or 4%, to $184,000  for
the  first three months of 1996 as compared to the comparable 1995 period due to
modest decreases in overdraft activity as well as decreases in ATM income.
 
    Total other  income increased  by $51,000,  or 6%,  to $841,000  in 1995  as
compared  to $790,000 in 1994.  This increase is due  to increases in ATM income
resulting from the installation of more efficient ATM equipment in the Company's
Union Station location, as well as the full year's effect of the addition of one
new ATM at that location in April 1994.
 
    Total other income  decreased by  $95,000, or 11%,  to $790,000  in 1994  as
compared  to $885,000 in 1993, due in part  to a decrease in gains on securities
transactions during  1994. During  1994,  one security  was sold  for  liquidity
purposes  resulting  in a  nominal  loss. This  compares  with the  sale  of one
security from  the held  for  sale portfolio  resulting in  a  gain in  1993  of
$24,000.
 
OTHER EXPENSE
 
    Total  other expense decreased by $50,000, or  5%, to $901,000 for the first
three months of  1996 as compared  to the comparable  1995 period. Salaries  and
benefits  of $432,000 for the first quarter of 1996 increased by $18,000, or 4%,
over  the   first   quarter   of   1995,   due   primarily   to   normal   merit
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
increases.  Net occupancy expense of $172,000 for the first three months of 1996
reflects a decrease of $14,000, or 7%,  from one year earlier, due primarily  to
decreases  in rental operating costs and depreciation expense. Professional fees
of $43,000 for the first three months of 1996 declined by $49,000 from one  year
earlier  due  primarily  to lower  legal  fees  associated with  loan  and other
corporate matters. Data processing expense of  $87,000 for the first quarter  of
1996  increased by $22,000, or 34%, over the prior year as a result of increased
activity levels and item charges as  well as the introduction of new  electronic
services. Other operating expense of $168,000 for the first three months of 1996
reflects  a decrease of  $26,000, or 13%,  over the prior  year due primarily to
decreased FDIC deposit insurance premiums.
 
    Total other expense decreased by $1,120,000,  or 23%, to $3,781,000 in  1995
as compared to 1994. Salaries and benefits for 1995 increased by $38,000, or 2%,
to  $1,649,000 as  compared to  1994, primarily  due to  normal merit increases.
Occupancy and equipment expense decreased by $52,000, or 7%, to $699,000  during
the  same  period,  principally  due  to decreases  in  operating  costs  of the
Company's main office location  which are passed through  to the Company by  the
landlord.  Professional fees  decreased by $534,000,  or 60%,  to $353,000. This
decrease is attributable to  decreases in legal and  other costs related to  the
issue  of the  ownership of  certain shares of  the Company's  Common Stock, the
expensing in  1994  of previously  deferred  professional fees  related  to  the
Company's proposed 1994 securities offering, and decreases in legal fees related
to  three employment related lawsuits which were concluded in 1994. Professional
fees for 1995 include costs of  approximately $102,000 incurred to finalize  the
issues  surrounding  the ownership  of certain  shares  of the  Company's Common
Stock. See "Beneficial Ownership of Shares"  for a further discussion of  issues
relating  to  the  Company's  ownership. Data  processing  expense  increased by
$34,000, or  13%, to  $300,000 in  1995  as compared  to 1994.  Other  operating
expense  decreased by $605,000  in 1995 as  compared to 1994.  Of this decrease,
$387,000 is attributable to expenses incurred in 1994 for two employment related
lawsuits settled in  1994. During  1995, the  Bank also  experienced an  $87,000
decrease  in  total  FDIC  insurance  premiums  as  a  result  of  premium  rate
reductions. The remainder of  the decrease is due  to savings in various  office
operating expenses.
 
    Total  other expense increased by $797,000, or 19%, to $4,901,000 in 1994 as
compared to 1993. Salaries and benefits for 1994 increased by $47,000, or 3%, to
$1,611,000 as  compared  to  1993,  primarily due  to  normal  merit  increases.
Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $76,000, or 11%, to $750,000 during
the  same period, principally due to  increases in depreciation and amortization
expense on the new ATM equipment installed during 1994 coupled with increases in
operating costs  of  the  Company's  main  office  location.  Professional  fees
increased  by  $406,000,  or  85%,  to  $887,000.  Of  this  amount  $645,000 is
attributable to legal fees  related to three  employment related lawsuits  which
were  concluded  in 1994,  legal and  other costs  related to  the issue  of the
ownership of certain shares of the  Company's Common Stock and the expensing  of
previously  deferred professional  fees related  to the  Company's proposed 1994
securities offering. Data  processing expense  increased by $22,000,  or 9%,  to
$266,000  in  1994 as  compared to  1993. Other  operating expense  increased by
$246,000 in 1994 as compared to 1993. This increase is primarily attributable to
a $387,000  expense for  two  employment related  lawsuits  settled in  1994  as
compared  to a  $250,000 expense for  a judgment  for damages and  a reserve for
legal fees associated with another employment related lawsuit in 1993. All three
of these employment  suits were concluded  during 1994 with  no further  amounts
owed. During 1994, the Bank also experienced an increase in total FDIC insurance
premiums due to increased deposit levels.
 
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
   
    Income  tax expense of $138,000 for the  first three months of 1996 reflects
an increase of  $69,000 over the  $70,000 income tax  expense recorded one  year
earlier  due to an increase in the Company's  effective tax rate to 37% from 27%
for the first  quarter of 1995.  During 1995,  the Company reduced  to zero  its
remaining  valuation allowance on deferred tax  assets causing a lower effective
tax rate.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    Income tax expense for  the full year  1995 was recorded  at a combined  tax
rate  of 22%,  as the  Company eliminated  the remaining  valuation allowance on
deferred tax assets during  the year. See  Note 8 of  the Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
   
    There was no income tax expense recorded for 1994, as the Company reported a
loss  for  the  year and  under  the  criteria specified  by  generally accepted
accounting principles was not permitted to record a net tax benefit. See Note  8
of  the  Notes to  Consolidated Financial  Statements. There  was no  income tax
expense recorded for 1993, as the  Company utilized its available net  operating
loss carryforward.
    
 
ANALYSIS OF LOANS
 
    The loan portfolio at March 31, 1996 of $60,215,000 decreased by $3,377,000,
or approximately 5%, as compared to the December 31, 1995 balance of $63,592,000
primarily  due to normal  fluctuations in the  outstanding balance of commercial
loans issued under  lines of credit.  Loans outstanding on  commercial lines  of
credit  were approximately 36% of  the total committed line  amount at March 31,
1996 as compared to 52% at December 31, 1995. New loans, exclusive of short-term
loans and lines of credit, of $1,508,000 were originated in the first quarter of
1996, however, loan principal payments of $1,376,000 offset the majority of this
increase. The loan to deposit ratio at March 31, 1996 was 76% as compared to 77%
at December  31, 1995.  On average,  the loan  to deposit  ratio for  the  first
quarter of 1996 was 78%.
 
    The  loan portfolio at December 31, 1995  increased by $2,863,000, or 5%, to
$63,592,000 from $60,729,000  reflected at  December 31, 1994.  The majority  of
this growth was in commercial and residential real estate mortgages. On average,
the Company's loans increased by $2,073,000, or 4%, to $60,318,000 for 1995 from
$58,245,000  for 1994.  As a  result of  this loan  growth, the  average loan to
deposit ratio increased to  82% in 1995 from  80% in 1994 and  73% in 1993.  The
loan  to  deposit ratio  at December  31, 1995  was  77% as  compared to  81% at
December 31, 1994 and 76% at December 31, 1993. The Company has a target loan to
deposit ratio of  80% based on  quarterly averages. See  "Liquidity and  Capital
Resources" for a further discussion of this ratio.
 
                         ANALYSIS OF LOANS BY CATEGORY
                AT MARCH 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  MARCH 31,   --------------------
                                                                                    1996        1995       1994
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>        <C>
Commercial and industrial......................................................   $  41,377   $  43,547  $  42,961
Real estate -- mortgages.......................................................      15,302      14,151     11,074
Real estate -- construction and development....................................         914       2,618      3,237
Installment to individuals.....................................................       2,978       3,652      3,816
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     60,571      63,968     61,088
Less: Deferred income and unearned discounts...................................        (356)       (376)      (359)
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
  Total........................................................................   $  60,215   $  63,592  $  60,729
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
               ANALYSIS OF LOAN MATURITY AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY
                    AT MARCH 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MARCH 31, 1996                         DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                           --------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                            WITHIN 1      1 - 5      AFTER                WITHIN 1      1 - 5      AFTER
                                            YEAR (1)      YEARS     5 YEARS     TOTAL     YEAR (1)      YEARS     5 YEARS
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Maturity of Loans (2)(3):
  Commercial.............................   $  13,374   $  21,323  $   6,680  $  41,377   $  15,311   $  21,881  $   6,355
  Real estate -- mortgage................       2,398       8,512      4,392     15,302       1,615       8,335      4,201
  Real estate -- construction............         712          37        165        914       1,591         340        687
  Installment............................         778       1,277        923      2,978       1,013       1,690        949
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total loans (4)......................   $  17,262   $  31,149  $  12,160  $  60,571   $  19,530   $  32,246  $  12,192
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans:
  With predetermined interest rates......   $   3,594   $   8,485  $     837  $  12,916   $   3,520   $   8,791  $     780
  With floating or adjustable interest
   rates.................................      13,668      22,664     11,323     47,655      16,010      23,455     11,412
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total loans (4)......................   $  17,262   $  31,149  $  12,160  $  60,571   $  19,530   $  32,246  $  12,192
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                             TOTAL
                                           ---------
<S>                                        <C>
Maturity of Loans (2)(3):
  Commercial.............................  $  43,547
  Real estate -- mortgage................     14,151
  Real estate -- construction............      2,618
  Installment............................      3,652
                                           ---------
    Total loans (4)......................  $  63,968
                                           ---------
                                           ---------
Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans:
  With predetermined interest rates......  $  13,091
  With floating or adjustable interest
   rates.................................     50,877
                                           ---------
    Total loans (4)......................  $  63,968
                                           ---------
                                           ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Includes  demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayment and no
     stated maturity, and overdrafts.
 
(2)  Loan maturity is based upon individual loan contract terms. The Company has
     not established a rollover policy. Each loan is reviewed on a case by  case
     basis with respect to renewal.
 
(3)  The Company has no foreign loans.
 
(4)  The  above table  does not include  deferred income  and unearned discounts
     which total a credit balance of $355,873 and $375,344 at March 31, 1996 and
     December 31, 1995, respectively.
 
                  ANALYSIS OF LOAN CONCENTRATIONS BY INDUSTRY
                AT MARCH 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        MARCH 31,    ------------------------
                                                                                          1996          1995         1994
                                                                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>          <C>
Service industry....................................................................          35%           38%          34%
Real estate development/finance.....................................................          33            32           32
Wholesale/retail....................................................................          22            21           21
Other...............................................................................          10             9           13
                                                                                             ---           ---          ---
  Total.............................................................................         100%          100%         100%
                                                                                             ---           ---          ---
                                                                                             ---           ---          ---
</TABLE>
 
ANALYSIS OF INVESTMENTS
 
    The Company classifies its debt and marketable equity securities into one of
three categories: trading,  available for sale,  or held to  maturity. See  Note
1(c)  of the Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements. The available for sale
portfolio exists  to maintain  adequate  liquidity and  to  provide a  base  for
executing  asset/liability management strategy. These  securities may be sold in
response to changes in interest rates, restructuring of maturity  distributions,
need  for additional funds for loans, tax planning and regulatory needs, as well
as for other purposes.  The value of securities  recorded as available for  sale
fluctuates  based  on  changes  in interest  rates.  Generally,  an  increase in
interest rates will result in a decline in the value of securities available for
sale, while a decline in interest rates will result in an increase in the  value
of  such securities. Therefore,  the value of securities  available for sale and
the Company's stockholders' equity is subject to fluctuation based on changes in
interest rates.
 
   
    Securities available for sale totaling  $2,000,000 matured during the  first
three  months of  1996 as  compared to purchases  of $1,500,000  during the same
period. These securities  transactions coupled with  scheduled amortization  and
accretion  for  the  first  quarter  accounted  for  the  $510,000  decrease  in
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
the available for sale portfolio to $4,998,000 at March 31, 1996 as compared  to
$5,508,000   at  December  31,  1995.  Maturities  totaling  $1,650,000  in  the
investment portfolio coupled with normal pay downs on mortgage-backed and  other
amortizing  securities, and offset by $1,024,000 in new purchases, accounted for
the $629,000 decrease in investment securities  to $7,564,000 at March 31,  1996
as compared to $8,193,000 at December 31, 1995.
    
 
    Investment securities and securities available for sale at December 31, 1995
totaled $13,701,000, a decrease of $1,389,000, or 9%, from one year earlier, due
principally   to  maturities  and  scheduled   repayments.  Of  the  $13,701,000
outstanding at December 31, 1995, $5,508,000 was segregated in the available for
sale portfolio, with the remainder  classified as held to maturity  investments.
The  $5,508,000 available for  sale portfolio at December  31, 1995 decreased by
$501,000 from  $6,009,000 reported  one year  earlier. The  investment (held  to
maturity)  portfolio at  December 31, 1995  of $8,193,000  decreased by $888,000
from $9,081,000 reported at December 31, 1994. Although no securities were sold,
scheduled maturities and repayments in both  the available for sale and held  to
maturity  portfolios  were used  to fund  increases in  the loan  portfolio. See
"Liquidity and  Capital  Resources" for  a  further analysis  of  liquidity.  On
average  for 1995,  the combined  investment and  available for  sale securities
portfolio of $14,367,000 decreased  by $1,242,000, or  8%, from $15,609,000  for
1994.
 
    Based  on an evaluation of the existing and projected liquidity needs of the
Company, during the second quarter of 1994, the Company reclassified  $3,500,000
in  securities  previously  classified as  available  for  sale to  the  held to
maturity portfolio, resulting in an unrealized  loss, net of taxes, on the  date
of transfer of approximately $86,000. This unrealized loss is recorded in equity
and amortized as a yield adjustment over the remaining terms of the reclassified
securities.  This  amortization of  approximately $39,000,  net  of taxes  as of
December 31, 1995, coupled with unrealized gains in the remaining available  for
sale portfolio of $7,000, net of taxes, brought the equity balance of unrealized
loss on securities to $40,000, at December 31, 1995.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                        ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
                    AT MARCH 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  DECEMBER
                                                                                                                  31, 1995
                                                                 MARCH 31, 1996                                  -----------
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  SECURITIES AVAILABLE           INVESTMENT
                                         INVESTMENT SECURITIES                          FOR SALE                 SECURITIES
                                 --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------  -----------
                                  ADJUSTED                                ADJUSTED                                ADJUSTED
                                    COST        MARKET       AVERAGE        COST        MARKET       AVERAGE        COST
                                  BASIS (1)      VALUE        YIELD       BASIS (1)      VALUE        YIELD       BASIS (1)
                                 -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
U.S. Treasury:
    Within one year............   $     500    $     501         6.02%    $   1,500    $   1,503         5.87%    $   1,499
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
Obligations of other U.S.
 Government agencies and
 corporations (2):
    Within one year............       2,304        2,309         6.05         2,501        2,499         5.25         1,006
    After one, but within five
     years.....................       3,939        3,982         6.08         1,000          996         5.56         4,875
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
      Total....................       6,243        6,291         6.07         3,501        3,495         5.34         5,881
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
Mortgage-backed securities (3):
  Federal National Mortgage
   Association:
    After one, but within five
     years.....................          17           17         9.23            --           --           --            17
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage
   Corporation:
    After five, but within ten
     years.....................         347          361         8.71            --           --           --           369
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
      Total....................         364          378         8.73            --           --           --           386
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
Federal Reserve Bank stock.....         163          163         6.00            --           --           --           163
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
Federal Home Loan Bank stock...         282          282         7.25            --           --           --           252
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
Corporate securities:
    After ten years............          12           12           --            --           --           --            12
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
      Total investment
       securities..............   $   7,564    $   7,627         6.23     $   5,001    $   4,998         5.50     $   8,193
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
                                 -----------  -----------                -----------  -----------                -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                     SECURITIES AVAILABLE
                                                                           FOR SALE
                                                            --------------------------------------
                                                             ADJUSTED
                                   MARKET       AVERAGE        COST        MARKET       AVERAGE
                                    VALUE        YIELD       BASIS (1)      VALUE        YIELD
                                 -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury:
    Within one year............   $   1,500         5.71%    $   1,996    $   2,002         5.85%
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
Obligations of other U.S.
 Government agencies and
 corporations (2):
    Within one year............       1,015         6.68         2,501        2,503         5.48
    After one, but within five
     years.....................       4,964         5.96         1,000        1,003         5.56
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
      Total....................       5,979         6.09         3,501        3,506         5.50
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
Mortgage-backed securities (3):
  Federal National Mortgage
   Association:
    After one, but within five
     years.....................          17         9.18            --           --           --
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage
   Corporation:
    After five, but within ten
     years.....................         386         8.63            --           --           --
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
      Total....................         403         8.65            --           --           --
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
Federal Reserve Bank stock.....         163         6.00            --           --           --
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
Federal Home Loan Bank stock...         252         7.25            --           --           --
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
Corporate securities:
    After ten years............          12           --            --           --           --
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
      Total investment
       securities..............   $   8,309         6.16     $   5,497    $   5,508         5.63
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
                                 -----------                -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  The adjusted cost basis of securities which were transferred from available
     for  sale to investment securities  is shown net of  unrealized loss on the
     date of transfer.
 
(2)  Includes obligations of quasi-government agencies and corporations.
 
(3)  This reflects  final  maturity,  although contractual  maturity  is  not  a
     reliable  indicator of  expected life because  borrowers have  the right to
     repay their  obligations at  any time.  Monthly amortization  prior to  the
     final maturity is not shown as it cannot be reasonably estimated.
 
    For  additional  information  about  investment  securities  and  securities
available for sale at  December 31, 1995 and  1994, see Note 3  of the Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
   
NONINTEREST - EARNING ASSETS
    
 
    Cash  and  due from  banks  of $4,478,000  at  March 31,  1996  decreased by
$475,000 from  the December  31, 1995  balance of  $4,953,000 due  primarily  to
variations in balances maintained at correspondent banks. This December 31, 1995
balance reflects an increase of $604,000, or 14%, from the $4,349,000 balance at
December  31, 1994, and is primarily attributable to normal fluctuations in cash
reserve balances maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank.
 
    Bank premises and  equipment of  $278,000 at  December 31,  1995 reflects  a
decrease  of $91,000, or 25%, from the $369,000 balance reported at December 31,
1994. This decrease is due to depreciation and amortization expense of  $146,000
for the year, offset by equipment purchases of $55,000.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    Other  assets  of  $1,273,000 at  March  31,  1996 reflects  an  increase of
$120,000, or  10%,  from  the  $1,153,000 reported  at  December  31,  1995  due
principally  to  increases  in deferred  taxes.  The December  31,  1995 balance
reflects a decrease of $68,000, or  6%, from the $1,221,000 balance reported  at
December  31, 1994. This  decrease is principally  due to a  $47,000 increase in
accrued interest receivable and $260,000 increase in deferred taxes, offset by a
$375,000 decrease in  taxes receivable  at December  31, 1995  as compared  with
December 31, 1994.
 
DEPOSITS
 
    Total  deposits of $78,812,000 at March 31, 1996 decreased by $4,251,000, or
5%, from the  December 31, 1995  balance of $83,063,000.  The December 31,  1995
balance  increased by $7,770,000,  or 10%, from December  31, 1994, as discussed
below.
 
   
    Fluctuations in demand  deposits, Negotiable Order  of Withdrawal, or  "NOW"
accounts,  and money market accounts  at March 31, 1996  as compared to December
31, 1995 are due  to normal fluctuations  in the balances  of both personal  and
commercial  accounts. Demand deposits and money  market accounts at December 31,
1995  increased  over  the  balances  one  year  earlier,  principally  due   to
fluctuations in the balances of corporate and personal accounts. NOW accounts of
$7,343,000  at  December 31,  1995  decreased by  $3,038,000,  or 29%,  over the
$10,381,000 balance at December 31, 1994, due primarily to the withdrawal of the
deposit accounts of one large national organization, with a corresponding effect
on average balances, as well as fluctuations in the balances of both  individual
and nonprofit customers.
    
 
    Certificates  of  deposit  at March  31,  1996 of  $27,907,000  decreased by
$1,660,000 from the $29,567,000 balance at December 31, 1995, with  certificates
of  deposit  $100,000  and over  decreasing  by $1,917,000  and  certificates of
deposit under $100,000 increasing by  $257,000. The decrease in certificates  of
deposit  $100,000  and  over is  primarily  due to  decreases  in collateralized
government deposits.
 
    Certificates of  deposit of  $100,000 or  greater at  December 31,  1995  of
$13,591,000  remained virtually unchanged from  the $13,651,000 balance reported
one year earlier, despite the withdrawal of $5,000,000 of local government funds
which had  been  on  deposit at  December  31,  1994. These  deposits  had  been
collateralized  by U.S. Treasury and  agency securities. Certificates of deposit
under $100,000  of $15,976,000  at  December 31,  1995 increased  by  $3,469,000
during the same period. This increase is primarily attributable to approximately
$3,500,000  of brokered funds which were raised in the first quarter of 1995. In
addition, the  Company  continued  to maintain  $2,200,000  in  certificates  of
deposit  under $100,000  issued during  1994 to  custodial accounts  for pension
funds.
 
       MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT $100,000 AND OVER
                 AT MARCH 31, 1996, DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  MARCH 31,   --------------------
                                                                                    1996        1995       1994
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>        <C>
Within three months............................................................   $   6,468   $   5,716  $   9,260
After three months but within six months.......................................       1,347       4,772      1,767
After six months but within twelve months......................................       2,158       1,403      2,422
After twelve months............................................................       1,700       1,700        202
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total......................................................................   $  11,673   $  13,591  $  13,651
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                           AVERAGE DEPOSITS AND RATES
 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                    AND 1994
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       MARCH 31, 1996               1995                    1994
                                                   ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                    AVERAGE     AVERAGE     AVERAGE     AVERAGE     AVERAGE     AVERAGE
                                                    BALANCE      RATE       BALANCE      RATE       BALANCE      RATE
                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Interest-bearing demand accounts.................  $   7,652       2.42%   $  10,129       2.46%   $  11,470       2.31%
Savings deposits.................................      1,314       2.66        1,160       2.68        1,185       2.46
Money Market deposit accounts....................     18,821       4.65       16,451       4.94       15,901       3.43
CD's $100,000 and over...........................     12,108       5.70       12,672       5.51       14,252       3.68
Other time deposits..............................     16,332       5.88       14,628       5.78       11,546       4.26
                                                   ---------               ---------               ---------
  Total interest-bearing deposits................     56,227       4.88       55,040       4.79       54,354       3.41
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits..............     21,546                  18,547                  18,877
                                                   ---------               ---------               ---------
  Total deposits.................................  $  77,773               $  73,587               $  73,231
                                                   ---------               ---------               ---------
                                                   ---------               ---------               ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
 
    Short-term borrowings  were $2,233,000  at  March 31,  1996 as  compared  to
$1,786,000  at December 31,  1995. Both balances  consist entirely of repurchase
agreements  with  customers  of  the  Company.  This  compares  with  repurchase
agreements  outstanding at  December 31, 1994  of $361,000. The  Company did not
purchase any federal funds nor undertake any other short-term borrowings  during
the  first quarter of 1996. For  additional information on short-term borrowings
as of December  31, 1995  and 1994,  see Note 10  of the  Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
    LOAN PORTFOLIO AND ADEQUACY OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    The  Company manages the risk characteristics  of its loan portfolio through
various control processes,  such as credit  evaluation of individual  borrowers,
establishment  of  lending  limits  to individuals  and  application  of lending
procedures, such as the  holding of adequate collateral  and the maintenance  of
compensating  balances. Although credit policies  are designed to minimize risk,
management recognizes that loan losses will  occur and that the amount of  these
losses  will  fluctuate  depending  on  the  risk  characteristics  of  the loan
portfolio as well as general and regional economic conditions.
 
    As a result of  improvement in the  quality of the  loan portfolio over  the
last  few years as well as relatively low levels of net charge-offs, the Company
took no provision for  loan losses in the  first quarter of 1996  or in 1995  as
compared to $221,000 recorded in 1994.
 
   
    This loan loss provision of $221,000 in 1994 reflects an increase of $46,000
over  the $175,000 recorded in 1993 primarily as  a result of growth in the loan
portfolio during this period and the level of charge-offs during 1994.
    
 
    While the Company  continues to  recognize the risk  characteristics of  the
loan  portfolio,  including specific  reserves for  problem credits  and general
reserves for the overall  loan portfolio, the Company  deemed the allowance  for
loan  losses of  $1,262,000 and  $1,274,000 at March  31, 1996  and December 31,
1995, respectively, to be adequate. Although the dollar amount of the  allowance
for  loan losses of $1,274,000 at December 31, 1995 declined from the balance of
$1,290,000 one  year earlier,  as shown  in the  table entitled  "Allocation  of
Allowance  for Loan Losses," the portion of  the allowance for loan losses which
was not allocated to any particular component of the loan portfolio at March 31,
1996 increased by  26% to  $319,000 from $253,000  at December  31, 1995,  which
remained virtually unchanged from 1994 levels.
 
    The  allowance for loan losses as a percentage of outstanding loans at March
31, 1996 was  2.10%, as  compared to  2.00% at December  31, 1995  and 2.12%  at
December  31, 1994. The decrease in the ratio from December 31, 1994 to December
31, 1995 is predominantly due to improvement in the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
quality of the  loan portfolio.  See analysis  of "Nonperforming  Assets" for  a
further  discussion of asset quality. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance
for loan losses, Management primarily relies  on its ongoing review of the  loan
portfolio,  which is  undertaken both  to determine  whether there  are probable
losses which must be written off and  to assess the risk characteristics of  the
loan  portfolio as  a whole. In  addition to actual  loss experience, Management
considers factors such as  industry specific composition  of the loan  portfolio
and the general and regional economic conditions. This review takes into account
the  judgment of the individual loan officer, senior management and the Board of
Directors.  The  Board  of  Directors  reviews  the  Company's  Classified   and
Criticized Loans Quarterly Report and quarterly loan loss analyses. In addition,
the  Company's review takes into account the judgment of the regulatory agencies
that review the  loan portfolio as  a part of  the regular examination  process.
Such  regulatory agencies may require the  Company to recognize additions to the
allowance based on their  judgments about information available  to them at  the
time  of  their examination.  The Company  also has  an independent  loan review
performed by a consultant on an annual basis, which during 1994 and 1995 covered
a total of approximately  73% of the  dollar volume of  the loan portfolio,  and
included  96%  of the  criticized and  classified  loans. While  Management uses
available information  to recognize  losses on  loans, future  additions may  be
necessary based on changes in economic conditions and other factors.
 
    In reviewing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company also
prepares  a detailed migration analysis  which measures the Company's historical
loss experience relative to the risk classifications within the individual  loan
portfolio  pools. This historical loss experience  is then adjusted for external
factors such as  trends in volumes  and characteristics of  loans, national  and
local  economic trends  and management experience,  among other  factors, and is
applied to  the  current  outstanding  loan portfolio  pools  within  each  risk
classification.   Based  on  the  results  of  this  migration  analysis,  which
encompasses all of the factors previously used, Management makes a determination
as to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
 
             TRANSACTIONS IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES FOR THE
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND THE YEAR
                     ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED   -------------------------------
                                                                 MARCH 31, 1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                               -------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of period...............................       $   1,274       $   1,289  $   1,386  $   1,320
Provision for loan losses....................................              --              --        221        175
Recoveries:
  Commercial.................................................              20              55        122         78
  Real estate -- mortgage....................................              --              10          3         --
  Installment................................................              13              33         31         20
                                                                      -------       ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total recoveries.........................................              33              98        156         98
                                                                      -------       ---------  ---------  ---------
Loans charged off:
  Commercial.................................................             (31)            (14)      (429)       (83)
  Real estate -- mortgage....................................              --              --         --        (64)
  Installment................................................             (14)            (99)       (45)       (60)
                                                                      -------       ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total charge-offs........................................             (45)           (113)      (474)      (207)
                                                                      -------       ---------  ---------  ---------
      Net charge-offs........................................             (12)            (15)      (318)      (109)
                                                                      -------       ---------  ---------  ---------
Balance at end of period.....................................       $   1,262       $   1,274  $   1,289  $   1,386
                                                                      -------       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                      -------       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                    ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
              AT MARCH 31, 1996, DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MARCH 31, 1996                    1995                         1994                 1993
                          ---------------------------  ---------------------------  ---------------------------  -----------
                            RESERVE      % OF LOANS      RESERVE      % OF LOANS      RESERVE      % OF LOANS      RESERVE
                            AMOUNT     TO TOTAL LOANS    AMOUNT     TO TOTAL LOANS    AMOUNT     TO TOTAL LOANS    AMOUNT
                          -----------  --------------  -----------  --------------  -----------  --------------  -----------
<S>                       <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>
Commercial..............   $     624         68.31%     $     658         68.08%     $     760         70.33%     $     843
Real estate --
 mortgage...............         263         25.26            291         22.12            215         18.13            323
Real estate --
 construction...........           9          1.51             27          4.09             21          5.30             36
Installment.............          47          4.92             45          5.71             46          6.24             67
Unallocated.............         319            --            253            --            248            --            117
                          -----------      -------     -----------      -------     -----------      -------     -----------
  Total.................   $   1,262        100.00%     $   1,274        100.00%     $   1,290        100.00%     $   1,386
                          -----------      -------     -----------      -------     -----------      -------     -----------
                          -----------      -------     -----------      -------     -----------      -------     -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                            % OF LOANS
                          TO TOTAL LOANS
                          --------------
<S>                       <C>
Commercial..............        66.80%
Real estate --
 mortgage...............        20.57
Real estate --
 construction...........         4.79
Installment.............         7.84
Unallocated.............           --
                              -------
  Total.................       100.00%
                              -------
                              -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    NONPERFORMING ASSETS
    Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans, past  due
loans  and  other  real estate.  See  Note  1(d) of  the  Notes  to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
   
    Nonaccrual loans at March 31, 1996 of $1,463,000 decreased $98,000 from  the
$1,561,000  reported at  December 31, 1995,  while restructured  loans and loans
past due  90  days  or  more  at  March  31,  1996  of  $1,241,000  and  $4,000,
respectively,  remained  virtually  unchanged from  the  $1,245,000  and $6,000,
respectively, reported at December  31, 1995. Nonaccrual  loans at December  31,
1995  increased $317,000 from $1,244,000 at December 31, 1994, representing four
loans to three borrowers totaling  $536,000, offset by curtailments and  payoffs
totaling  $219,000. Restructured loans  decreased by $56,000  from $1,301,000 at
December 31, 1994 and past due loans increased by $3,000 from $3,000 at December
31, 1994. At  March 31,  1996 and December  31, 1995,  nonaccrual loans  include
$817,000  and $875,000, respectively, in loans guaranteed by the SBA for a total
of $691,000 and  $743,000, respectively.  Banking regulations  require that  the
full  balance of  these loans  be placed on  nonaccrual status,  despite the SBA
guarantee on approximately 80% of the total loan amount. Subsequent to March 31,
1996,  the  Company  transferred  $254,000  to  other  real  estate  from  loans
previously  recorded on nonaccrual status,  reflecting real property acquired in
satisfaction of the loan balance.
    
                        ANALYSIS OF NONPERFORMING ASSETS
                 AT MARCH 31, 1996, DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   MARCH 31,   ------------------------
                                                                                     1996         1995         1994
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
Nonaccrual loans:
  Commercial....................................................................  $   1,161    $   1,244    $   1,096
  Real estate -- mortgage.......................................................        302          317          148
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total nonaccrual loans (1)..................................................      1,463        1,561        1,244
Past due loans:
  Installment -- individuals....................................................          4            6            3
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total past due loans........................................................          4            6            3
Restructured loans:
  Commercial....................................................................      1,241        1,245        1,301
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total restructured loans....................................................      1,241        1,245        1,301
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total nonperforming assets..................................................  $   2,708    $   2,812    $   2,548
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total nonperforming assets exclusive of SBA guaranteed balances.............  $   2,018    $   2,070    $   1,664
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------
Ratio of nonperforming assets to gross loans (2)................................       4.50%        4.42%        4.20%
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets (2)...............................       3.05         3.04         3.10
Percentage of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets (2).............      46.58        45.30        50.61
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans.......................................       0.02         0.03         0.55
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Nonaccrual  loans  include  $817,000,  $875,000  and  $1,013,000  in   loans
    guaranteed  by the SBA  at March 31,  1996, and December  31, 1995 and 1994,
    respectively. The outstanding  balances of  these loans  are guaranteed  for
    84.5%,   or  $691,000,   84.9%,  or   $743,000,  and   87.3%,  or  $884,000,
    respectively.
(2) Ratios include SBA guaranteed loan balances.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    For  additional information concerning nonaccrual, restructured and past due
loans as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, see Note 4 to the Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements included herein.
 
    POTENTIAL PROBLEM LOANS
 
    At  March  31,  1996 and  December  31, 1995,  respectively,  loans totaling
$685,000 and $618,000 were classified as  potential problem loans which are  not
reported in the table entitled "Analysis of Nonperforming Assets" as compared to
$1,742,000  at December 31, 1994. The  loans are subject to management attention
as a result of financial difficulties of the borrowers, and their classification
is reviewed on a quarterly  basis. Of the potential  problem loans at March  31,
1996,  89% of  the balance  represents loans which  are fully  secured, with the
remaining 11%, or $73,000, guaranteed  by the SBA for  a total of $66,000.  This
compares  with potential problem loans at December 31, 1995, of $618,000, 98% of
which are  partially  to fully  secured,  with  the remaining  2%,  or  $15,000,
guaranteed by the SBA.
 
    Of  the  $1,742,000 in  problem loans  at December  31, 1994,  $618,000 were
guaranteed by the SBA for a total of $503,000 and the majority of the  remainder
were adequately collateralized.
 
    IMPAIRED LOANS
 
    At  March  31,  1996 and  December  31, 1995,  respectively,  loans totaling
$2,746,000 and $2,790,000 were  classified as impaired loans,  all of which  are
reported  above  as nonaccrual,  restructured  or potential  problem  loans. For
additional information concerning impaired loans at December 31, 1995 and  1994,
see  Notes 1(l) and 4 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
herein.
 
INTEREST SENSITIVITY MANAGEMENT
 
    The sensitivity of net interest income to fluctuations in interest rates  is
known  as interest rate risk. Sensitivity arises when assets and liabilities are
not subject to  rate repricing within  the same  period. As shown  by the  table
entitled  "Analysis of Interest  Rate Sensitivity," at  March 31, 1996, interest
sensitive assets repricing within each period of less than one year ranges  from
117%  to  130% of  interest sensitive  liabilities  repricing in  the comparable
periods. When  non-rate  sensitive  assets and  liabilities  are  excluded,  the
interest  sensitive  assets  in each  remaining  period beyond  one  year exceed
interest sensitive liabilities repricing  in the comparable periods.  Management
of  interest  rate sensitivity  is monitored  by the  Asset/Liability Investment
Committee of the  Bank which meets  monthly and includes  members of the  Bank's
Board of Directors as well as the Bank's officers.
 
    The  Committee considers, among other things, the sensitivity of major asset
and liability categories to anticipated interest rate changes. The Company  does
not  necessarily attempt  to maintain  a matched  position for  each time frame.
While interest  sensitivity  analysis is  a  useful tool  for  asset/  liability
management,  limitations exist which make it  difficult to predict the Company's
net interest income solely  on the basis of  the interest sensitivity  position.
For   example,  the  relationship  between   interest  rates  earned  on  loans,
particularly the prime rate, and interest rates paid on deposits is not constant
over time. Despite these limitations, in an effort to better predict the  effect
of  possible  interest rate  changes on  net interest  income, the  Company also
prepares an  analysis of  the effect  on net  interest income  of interest  rate
shocks  of 1%, 2%  and 3% in  either direction. Based  on the Company's interest
sensitivity position and the analyses performed  of the effect of interest  rate
movements  at March 31, 1996, a  rising interest rate environment will generally
tend  to  increase  net  interest  income,  while  a  declining  interest   rate
environment will generally tend to decrease net interest income.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                     ANALYSIS OF INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 TOTAL     NON-RATE
                                                                    181-365      RATE     SENSITIVE &
                                         0-90 DAYS   91-180 DAYS     DAYS      SENSITIVE  OVER 1 YEAR    TOTAL
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans...............................  $   27,616   $    9,920   $    8,885   $  46,421   $  13,794   $  60,215
  Securities (1)......................       4,032        1,196        1,710       6,938       5,624      12,562
  Short-term investments..............      10,945           --          392      11,337          --      11,337
 
Noninterest-earning assets............          --           --           --          --       4,775       4,775
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
    Total assets......................      42,593       11,116       10,987      64,696      24,193   $  88,889
                                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                                       ---------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits (2)........................      33,630        5,336       14,090      53,056       5,184   $  58,240
  Short-term borrowings...............       2,233           --           --       2,233          --       2,233
  Long-term debt......................         168           --           --         168          --         168
 
Noninterest-bearing sources...........          --           --           --          --      28,248      28,248
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity.............      36,031        5,336       14,090      55,457      33,432   $  88,889
                                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                                       ---------
Excess (deficiency) of interest
 sensitive assets over like
 liabilities:
  For the period......................  $    6,562   $    5,780   $   (3,103)  $   9,239   $  (9,239)
  Cumulative..........................       6,562       12,342        9,239
 
Rate sensitive assets/rate sensitive
 liabilities:
  Cumulative..........................        1.18x        1.30x        1.17x
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Includes both investment securities and available for sale securities.
 
   
(2) NOW  and savings accounts are reflected  in the 181-365 days classification,
    based on  the  Company's  evaluation  of  historical  run-off  and  interest
    sensitivity of these deposits.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    LIQUIDITY
    Principal  sources of  liquidity are cash  and unpledged assets  that can be
readily converted into cash, including investment securities maturing within one
year, the  available for  sale  securities portfolio  and short-term  loans.  In
addition  to $15,815,000 in  cash and short-term investments  at March 31, 1996,
the Company has a securities portfolio which can be pledged to raise  additional
deposits  and  borrowings, if  necessary.  At March  31,  1996, the  Company had
$1,486,000 in unpledged  securities which were  available for such  use with  an
additional  $5,711,000 in securities which could  be available for immediate use
at the  Company's  request  without  any change  in  the  Company's  deposit  or
borrowing  structure. As a percentage of total  assets, the amount of these cash
equivalent assets at  March 31,  1996 and  December 31,  1995 was  26% and  21%,
respectively. Normal fluctuations in the deposit levels of some of the Company's
large  corporate  customers  may  result in  corresponding  fluctuations  in the
Company's liquidity  position  (short-term investments).  The  Bank's  liquidity
needs  are  mitigated by  the  sizeable base  of  relatively stable  funds which
includes demand deposits, NOW  and money market  accounts, savings deposits  and
nonbrokered   certificates  of  deposit   under  $100,000  (excluding  financial
institutions and  custodial funds  raised  under deposit  acquisition  programs)
representing  77%  and 76%  of  average total  deposits  at March  31,  1996 and
December 31, 1995, respectively.  In addition, the Bank  has unsecured lines  of
credit  from correspondent  financial institutions  which can  provide up  to an
additional $1,000,000 in  liquidity as  well as access  to other  collateralized
borrowing programs.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
Although  the Bank  maintained an  average loan to  deposit ratio  of 82% during
1995, the  Bank  has access  to  collateralized deposit  programs  through  U.S.
government  agencies which can be called upon to raise additional deposits, thus
lowering the loan to deposit ratio.
 
    Through its  membership  in the  Federal  Home  Loan Bank  of  Atlanta  (the
"FHLB"),  which  serves as  a reserve  or central  bank for  member institutions
within its  region, at  March 31,  1996 the  Bank is  eligible to  borrow up  to
approximately  $1,283,000 in funds from the FHLB collateralized by loans secured
by first liens on one- to four-family, multifamily and commercial properties  as
well  as investment  securities. The  Bank is  eligible to  increase the maximum
amount to be borrowed  by $7,717,000 with  the purchase of  up to $1,696,000  in
additional  stock in the  FHLB. The Company  has adequate resources  to meet its
liquidity needs.
 
   
    Normal fluctuations in the deposit  levels of the Bank's customers  comprise
the  majority of the  Company's net cash outflows  from financing activities for
the first three months  of 1996, as reductions  in deposits totaled  $4,252,000.
Curtailments  and repayments of loans  and maturities and scheduled amortization
of securities exceeded loan originations and security purchases during the first
quarter of 1996, constituting  the majority of the  Company's cash inflows  from
investing activities.
    
 
    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    Stockholders'  equity  at  March 31,  1996  increased by  $170,000  over the
balance at December 31, 1995 to $6,789,000 as a result of the Company's $238,000
net income for the three  months ended March 31, 1996  and a $4,000 decrease  in
unrealized  loss  on securities,  net of  taxes,  partially offset  by dividends
declared in the first quarter of  1996 of $71,000. Average stockholders'  equity
as  a percentage of average total assets for  the first three months of 1996 was
7.67% as compared to 7.23% for the comparable prior year period.
 
    Stockholders' equity at  December 31,  1995 increased by  $857,000 over  the
prior  year  to $6,619,000  as  a result  of the  Company's  1995 net  income of
$959,000 and  the $40,000  decrease in  unrealized loss  on securities,  net  of
taxes,  partially offset  by dividends  paid of  $142,000. Average stockholders'
equity as a percentage of average total assets for 1995 was 7.50% as compared to
7.13% for 1994.
 
    The tables  below present  the Company's  and the  Bank's capital  positions
relative  to their various minimum statutory and regulatory capital requirements
at March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995. The Company and the Bank are considered
"well-capitalized"   under   regulatory   guidelines.   See   "Supervision   and
Regulation."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 COMPANY                   BANK
                                                          ----------------------  ----------------------   MINIMUM CAPITAL
                                                           AMOUNT       RATIO      AMOUNT       RATIO       REQUIREMENTS
                                                          ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
March 31, 1996:
  Leverage ratio (1)....................................  $   6,826       7.78%   $   6,683       7.63%            4.0%
  Tier 1 risk-based ratio (2)...........................      6,826      10.16        6,683       9.96             4.0
  Total risk-based ratio (2)............................      7,695      11.46        7,552      11.26             8.0
December 31, 1995:
  Leverage ratio (1)....................................  $   6,659       8.09%   $   6,405       7.79%            4.0%
  Tier 1 risk-based ratio (2)...........................      6,659       9.77        6,405       9.40             4.0
  Total risk-based ratio (2)............................      7,541      11.06        7,287      10.69             8.0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Based on annual average assets
 
(2) Based on risk-adjusted assets
 
    On  May 21,  1996, the  Bank paid off  its $167,625  long-term capital note.
Because less than 20% of the note's balance was included in Tier 2 capital,  the
effect  of the repayment on  the Company's and the  Bank's capital ratios is not
significant.
 
    During 1994, the Company's Board of Directors, on the recommendation of  the
Special  Committee  adopted a  Rights  Agreement, the  purpose  of which  was to
provide the Board of  Directors with adequate time  to respond effectively to  a
takeover    attempt    and   in    a    manner   that    would    maximize   the
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
value of  the Company  for all  stockholders. For  a further  discussion of  the
Rights  Agreement, see "Beneficial Ownership of Shares," "Description of Capital
Stock," and Note 17 to the  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  included
herein.
 
   
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
    
 
   
    For  a discussion of the adoption  of certain new accounting principles, see
Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    Abigail Adams  National Bancorp,  Inc.  (the "Company")  is a  bank  holding
company  which conducts business  through its wholly-owned  bank subsidiary, The
Adams National Bank (the "Bank"). The  Bank serves the nation's capital  through
three  full-service offices located in Washington, with a fourth branch expected
to open in August 1996. At March  31, 1996, the Company had consolidated  assets
of  $88,889,000, deposits of $78,812,000 and stockholders' equity of $6,789,000,
and reported net income of $238,000 for the three months then ended. The Company
reported record net income of $959,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. The
Bank  exceeds  all  regulatory   capital  requirements.  See  "Supervision   and
Regulation."
 
    Founded  in 1977,  the Bank  was the  first federally-chartered  bank in the
United States to  be owned and  managed by women.  Originally named The  Women's
National  Bank, the Bank changed  its name in 1986  to alter the perception that
the Bank existed exclusively to  serve the needs of  women. Based on assets  and
deposits, the Bank is the largest women-controlled bank in the United States.
 
MARKET AREA
 
    The  Bank  draws most  of its  customer  deposits and  conducts most  of its
lending activities from and within the Washington metropolitan region, including
suburban Virginia  and Maryland.  The nation's  capital attracts  a  significant
number  of  businesses  of  all sizes,  professional  corporations  and national
nonprofit organizations. The Bank  actively solicits banking relationships  with
these firms and organizations, as well as their professional staff, and with the
significant  population of high net  worth individuals who live  and work in the
region.
 
   
    The Washington metropolitan region has experienced weak economic  conditions
in  the past 18 months. A significant  decline in federal procurement during the
last quarter of 1995, as  a result of two  government shutdowns, has slowed  job
growth,  home sales and retail  sales in the region.  Federal downsizing also is
contributing to slow economic  performance. Although commercial occupancy  rates
currently are rising, in the past, segments of the commercial real estate market
have  experienced deteriorating economic  trends, including declining occupancy,
rental rates, and property values.  Management believes that current  government
spending  trends and federal downsizing could  continue in this fiscal year. See
"Risk Factors -- Regional Economic Conditions."
    
 
   
    The Company  seeks  to  identify  acquisitions  in  neighboring  markets  in
Virginia   and  Maryland.  These  areas   are  experiencing  greater  growth  in
residential communities  and  commercial  sectors.  Management  expects  that  a
strategic  acquisition in such market would  contribute to the overall growth of
the Company.
    
 
SERVICES OF THE BANK
 
   
    The Bank offers  a full range  of banking services  to its customers.  While
providing financial services to a wide-ranging customer base, including high net
worth  individuals, Fortune 100 corporations,  small- to medium-sized businesses
and nonprofit and other organizations,  the Bank remains committed to  assisting
women  and minorities with access to  credit opportunities for career growth and
small business ownership.
    
 
    The following types of services are offered by the Bank:
 
    COMMERCIAL SERVICES
 
    - Loans, including working capital loans and  lines of credit, a wide  range
      of   demand,  term  and  time  loans,  and  loans  for  real  estate  land
      acquisition,  development  and  construction,  equipment,  inventory   and
      accounts receivable financing.
 
    - Cash management, including automatic overnight investment of funds.
 
    - Collateralized repurchase agreements.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    - Investments, including certificates of deposit.
 
    - Direct deposit of payroll.
 
    - Letters of credit.
 
    - ExecuBanc Business Banking, a computer accessed banking service.
 
    RETAIL SERVICES
 
    - Transaction accounts, including checking and NOW accounts.
 
    - Money market accounts.
 
    - Overdraft checking.
 
    - Certificates of deposit.
 
    - Individual retirement accounts and Keogh accounts.
 
    - Installment and home equity loans and lines of credit.
 
    - Residential construction and first mortgage loans.
 
    - Direct deposit.
 
    - 24-hour   automated   teller  machines   ("ATMs")   with  access   to  the
      MOST-Registered Trademark- and CIRRUS-Registered Trademark- systems.
 
    - 24-hour telephone banking.
 
   
    - VISA-Registered Trademark- credit card services.
    
 
    - Traveler's checks, money orders, cashier's checks and safe deposit boxes.
 
    - Custodial services.
 
    Commercial and consumer  loans are  made to  corporations, partnerships  and
individuals,  primarily  on  a  secured  basis.  Commercial  lending  focuses on
business, capital, renovation, inventory and real estate loans. Consumer lending
focuses on automobile, home equity and personal loans made on a direct,  secured
basis.  Real  estate  loans  are originated  for  both  commercial  and consumer
purposes. Through its "Residential Express" program in affiliation with  Knutson
Mortgage  Corporation  ("Knutson"),  the Bank  is  able  to offer  a  variety of
residential home mortgage loan products.
 
STRATEGY
 
    MARKETING
 
    In its marketing efforts, the Bank actively targets
 
    - High net worth individuals
 
    - Fortune 100 companies
 
    - Small businesses and professional corporations
 
    - Nonprofit organizations
 
    - Women and minorities
 
    In addition,  the Bank  seeks opportunities  to participate  in  significant
community development projects and to establish a presence in high traffic areas
of  Washington.  The  Bank's  participation  in  the  syndicated  loan  for  the
construction of the MCI Arena and the  Bank's branch and ATM locations at  Union
Station are examples of this strategy.
 
    The  Bank  uses a  variety  of marketing  strategies  to attract  and retain
customers. Strategies  include  publicity  on  regional  radio  and  television,
targeted mailings to companies in select markets,
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
referrals from existing customers, cross-selling services to existing customers,
and  relationships  developed  through officers'  and  directors'  leadership in
business, civic and  community organizations,  as well as  officers' and  branch
managers'  loan and deposit calling  programs. Through personalized professional
service and competitive pricing, the Bank has been successful in attracting  new
customers.  As technological  developments continue  to become  available to all
banks, large  and small,  the Bank  can expand  its marketing  reach beyond  its
branch  network  on  a  cost-effective  basis  by  accessing  customers  through
technological means. The Bank is in the process of developing its own electronic
site (home page) on the Internet (World Wide Web). Management believes that  use
of  electronic media such as the Internet will allow the Bank to further enhance
its image in its target market and identify future prospects for electronic  and
home banking services.
 
    ACQUISITION AND EXPANSION STRATEGY
 
    The  Company seeks to  diversify both its  market area and  asset base while
increasing profitability through acquisitions and expansion. Management believes
that it  possesses  substantial expertise  in  lending to  groups  traditionally
underserved  by  the  banking  industry and  that  these  capabilities  could be
leveraged by  making  strategic  acquisitions  in  the  neighboring  markets  of
Maryland and Virginia.
 
   
    In  1992, the Company initiated a  strategy to expand through acquisition by
purchasing from the FDIC and  the Resolution Trust Corporation insured  deposits
and  certain performing loans  of financial institutions  which were placed into
receivership  in  the  Washington  metropolitan  region.  The  Company  was  the
successful  bidder on three such purchases, one  in each of 1992, 1993 and 1994.
In 1992, the  Company purchased  insured deposits and  certain performing  loans
from the FDIC, for a premium of $1,000. In addition, the Company was entitled to
any  future recoveries received on  loans charged off prior  to the bid date for
the sale of the loans. As of  December 31, 1995, $104,000 in recoveries on  such
loans  has been  received. The Company  also purchased  certain performing loans
from the FDIC at discounted  prices of 96.2% and  96.9% of the outstanding  loan
amounts in 1993 and 1994, respectively.
    
 
   
    The  Company identifies potential merger or acquisition candidates primarily
on the  basis  of the  size  of an  institution  and the  prospects  for  branch
compatability.  The Company also  has relationships with  investment bankers and
banking industry executives who may  bring possible candidates to the  Company's
attention  from  time  to  time.  Although  the  Company  continues  to  explore
acquisition opportunities in Washington and  suburban Maryland and Virginia,  no
banks  have been identified as probable  merger or acquisition candidates. It is
expected  that  additional  discussions  will  take  place  in  the  future   as
opportunities  are presented. However,  no assurance can be  given that any such
merger or  acquisition candidates  will  be identified  or  that any  merger  or
acquisition will be consummated.
    
 
    The Company also considers establishing branches as a means of expanding its
presence  in current  or new market  areas and is  presently reviewing potential
locations in Washington and suburban Maryland  and Virginia. In March 1996,  the
Company  signed a lease to open a  fourth branch in Washington. The Company will
also consider the  expansion into  other lines  of business  closely related  to
banking if it believes these lines could be profitable without undue risk to the
Company and if the Company can be competitive.
 
    OPERATIONS
 
    The  Company's strategy is  to provide a high  level of personalized service
and quality products to  customers within the community  it serves, through  its
experienced  staff. The Company uses technology to enhance its delivery systems.
It offers its retail customers 24-hour banking by touch tone phone, by means  of
an  interactive voice response system,  and in 1996 it  will offer customers the
ability to access account information, transfer  funds and pay certain bills  by
personal  computer.  The Company  also maintains  an integrated  PC-based server
network system that provides immediate interaction among all operating functions
of the Bank, thereby enhancing internal communications and customer service.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    The Bank contracts with an outside firm to provide data processing and  back
room  operations. The state-of-the-art resources  provided by this outside firm,
in conjunction with the Bank's internal data management system, enable the  Bank
to  provide  a high  level of  customer  service and  to effectively  manage its
growth.
 
LENDING ACTIVITIES
 
   
    The Bank  provides a  range of  commercial and  retail lending  services  to
individuals,  small-  to  medium-sized  businesses,  professional  corporations,
nonprofits and other organizations. These services include, but are not  limited
to,  commercial business  loans, commercial  and residential  real estate loans,
renovation and mortgage  loans, loan participations,  consumer loans,  revolving
lines  of credit and letters of  credit. Consumer lending focuses on automobile,
home equity and  personal loans  made on a  direct, secured  basis. Real  estate
loans  are originated for both commercial  and consumer purposes, with a variety
of residential home  mortgage loan products  originated predominantly under  the
Bank's  Residential Express program. As of  March 31, 1996, approximately 79% of
the Bank's total loan portfolio was comprised of loans with interest rates which
either  float  or  generally  adjust  on  an  annual  basis.  See  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operations --
Analysis of Loans."
    
 
    The Bank aggressively markets its services to qualified lending customers in
both the  commercial  and  consumer  sectors,  including  small  businesses  and
nonprofit  organizations.  The Bank  offers  SBA-guaranteed loans  which provide
better terms and more flexible repayment schedules than conventional  financing.
Management  believes  that  making  such loans  helps  the  local  community and
provides the Bank with attractive returns with minimal risk, as the majority  of
each  loan is guaranteed by  the SBA, and solid  future lending relationships as
such businesses grow and  prosper. As lending  requirements of small  businesses
grow  to  exceed the  Bank's lending  limit, the  Bank has  the ability  to sell
participations in these larger loans  to other financial institutions. The  Bank
believes  that such participations  will help to  preserve lending relationships
while providing  a  high  level of  customer  service.  As of  March  31,  1996,
commercial and real estate SBA loans totaled $4,151,000.
 
    The  Bank provides financing to nonprofit organizations for construction and
renovation of local headquarters offices  and other facilities, working  capital
lines of credit and equipment financing. Current nonprofit customers of the Bank
include  organizations which  focus on  issues relating  to women's  rights, the
environment, minority rights, Vietnam Veterans and AIDS treatment and education.
At March 31, 1996, commercial and  real estate loans to these customers  totaled
$4,689,000.
 
    Commercial  and  real  estate lending  is  performed by  the  Bank's Lending
Division, which  is  comprised  of  four loan  officers,  a  credit  analyst,  a
collections  staff person and an  administrative assistant concentrating in loan
documentation. The Treasury Division includes the Loan Operations staff of  two,
responsible for recording and processing new loans and loan payments and working
with  the Lending Division, in order to ensure the timely receipt of all ongoing
loan documentation and the prompt  reporting of any exceptions. Credit  analysis
on  loans is performed by individual loan officers, using a sophisticated credit
analysis computer program, which provides not only the flexibility necessary  to
analyze  loans but also the structure necessary to ensure that all documentation
requirements are appropriately met.
 
   
    Policies and procedures have  been established by the  Bank to promote  safe
and  sound lending. The Bank  requires a loan-to-value ratio  of 75% or less for
almost all loans. Loan officers have individual lending authorities  established
based  on both  their seniority  and experience.  Loans in  excess of individual
officers' lending limits are presented to the Officers' Loan Committee  ("OLC"),
which  meets weekly, and is comprised of  all loan officers and the President of
the Bank. While a maximum of two  loan officers may pool their loan  authorities
to  approve a loan, most loans over  $100,000 are brought to this Committee. The
OLC has authority to approve unsecured loans up to $250,000 and secured loans up
to $400,000. Loans over $250,000  on an unsecured basis  and over $400,000 on  a
secured  basis are brought to the  Executive Loan Committee ("ELC"), which meets
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
approximately twice per month. The ELC is comprised of two outside directors and
the President of the  Bank. In addition to  approving new loans, this  Committee
approves  the restructuring  of loans it  originally approved,  reviews past due
loans and approves charge-offs.
 
    COMMERCIAL LENDING
 
   
    The Bank provides a wide range of commercial business loans, including lines
of credit for  working capital purposes  and term loans  for the acquisition  of
equipment  and other purposes. In most  cases, the Bank has collateralized these
loans and/or taken personal guarantees to help assure repayment. Collateral  for
these  loans generally  includes accounts  receivable, inventory,  equipment and
real estate.  Terms of  commercial  business loans  generally range  from  three
months  to five years. These loans often require that borrowers maintain certain
levels of deposits with the  Bank as compensating balances. Commercial  business
lending  generally involves greater  risk than residential  mortgage lending and
involves risks  that  are  different from  those  associated  with  residential,
commercial  and multi-family  real estate lending.  Although commercial business
loans are often  collateralized by real  estate, equipment, inventory,  accounts
receivable  or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event
of a borrower  default is  often not a  sufficient source  of repayment  because
accounts  receivable may be  uncollectible and inventories  and equipment may be
obsolete or of limited use, among  other things. The primary repayment risk  for
commercial  loans is the  failure of the  business due to  economic or financial
factors. As of March 31, 1996, commercial loans totaled $41,377,000.
    
 
    REAL ESTATE LENDING
 
    The Bank originates  residential mortgage loans  through an affiliated  loan
program  with Knutson. A  variety of fixed  and variable rate  loan products are
offered for varying terms through this  program. Loan applications can be  taken
by  the Bank or through a 24 hour  Knutson Hot Line. These loans are preapproved
by Knutson prior to  funding by the  Bank and are  generally sold (inclusive  of
servicing  rights) to  Knutson at  the original  principal amount  within one to
three days of  closing. The  Bank has the  option, however,  of retaining  these
loans for its own portfolio. While the Bank has a real estate mortgage portfolio
of  $15,302,000  at March  31, 1996,  these  loans are  predominantly amortizing
variable  rate  or  annually  repricing  commercial  or  residential  investment
mortgage loans with a maximum maturity of five years.
 
   
    The  majority of the  $914,000 in loans classified  as construction and land
development loans at March  31, 1996 in  the Consolidated Financial  Statements,
included   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus,  are  primarily  for  renovation  of
commercial properties. Construction financing generally is considered to involve
a higher degree of risk of  loss than long-term financing on improved,  occupied
real estate. Multi-family and commercial real estate lending entails significant
additional  risks as  compared to one-  to four-family  residential lending. For
example, such loans typically involve large loans to single borrowers or related
borrowers, the payment experience  on such loans is  typically dependent on  the
successful  operation  of  the project,  and  these risks  can  be significantly
affected by  the supply  and  demand conditions  in  the market  for  commercial
property  and multi-family residential units. To  minimize these risks, the Bank
limits the aggregate  amount of  outstanding construction  loans, and  generally
makes  such loans  only in its  market area and  to borrowers with  which it has
substantial experience or who are  otherwise well known to  the Bank. It is  the
Bank's  current  practice to  obtain personal  guarantees and  current financial
statements from all principals obtaining commercial real estate loans. The  Bank
also   obtains  appraisals  on  each  property  in  accordance  with  applicable
regulations.
    
 
    CONSUMER LENDING
 
   
    The  Bank's  consumer  lending  includes  loans  for  motor  vehicles,  home
improvement,  home  equity  and  small  personal  credit  lines.  Consumer loans
generally involve more risk than first mortgage residential and commercial  real
estate  loans. Repossessed  collateral for a  defaulted loan may  not provide an
adequate source of  repayment of  the outstanding loan  balance as  a result  of
damage,  loss  or  depreciation, and  the  remaining deficiency  often  does not
warrant further substantial collection
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
efforts against the borrower. In addition, loan collections are dependent on the
borrower's continuing financial stability.  Further, the application of  various
federal  and state laws,  including federal and  state bankruptcy and insolvency
laws, may limit  the amount  which can  be recovered.  In underwriting  consumer
loans,  the  Bank considers  the borrower's  credit history,  an anlysis  of the
borrower's income, expenses and ability to repay  the loan and the value of  the
collateral.
    
 
   
    During  1994, the  Bank entered  the credit card  market by  issuing its own
VISA-Registered Trademark- card at competitive rates and with no annual fee. The
credit card is offered to both new  and existing customers as well as  corporate
accounts,  and provides  various cardmember  benefits, including  frequent flyer
miles. Through its credit card services, the Bank hopes to increase profits  and
augment  its cross-selling opportunities by increasing its marketing base. As of
March 31,  1996, consumer  loans totaled  $2,978,000 or  5% of  the Bank's  loan
portfolio.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
   
    The  Bank  encounters  strong competition  among  financial  institutions in
Washington, Northern Virginia and suburban Maryland for both deposits and loans.
Principal competitors  include  other  community  commercial  banks  and  larger
financial  institutions  with  branches  in  the  Bank's  service  area. Intense
competition is expected to continue as bank mergers and acquisitions of  smaller
banks  by  larger  institutions in  the  Washington metropolitan  region  may be
expected to continue for the foreseeable future.
    
 
    The  primary  factors  in  competing   for  deposits  are  interest   rates,
personalized  services, the quality and range of financial services, convenience
of office locations and office  hours. Competition for deposits comes  primarily
from  other commercial banks, savings  associations, credit unions, money market
funds and other investment  alternatives. The primary  factors in competing  for
loans  are  interest rates,  loan  origination fees,  the  quality and  range of
lending  services  and  personalized  services.  Competition  for  loans   comes
primarily  from other  commercial banks, savings  associations, mortgage banking
firms,  credit  unions  and  other  financial  intermediaries.  The  Bank  faces
competition  for deposits  and loans throughout  its market areas  not only from
local institutions  but also  from out-of-state  financial intermediaries  which
have  opened loan  production offices  or which  solicit deposits  in its market
areas. Many of the financial intermediaries operating in the Bank's market areas
offer certain  services, such  as trust,  investment and  international  banking
services,  which  the  Bank  does not  offer.  Additionally,  banks  with larger
capitalization and  financial  intermediaries  not subject  to  bank  regulatory
restrictions  have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the needs
of larger customers.
 
    In order  to  compete with  other  financial services  providers,  the  Bank
principally  relies  upon local  promotional activities,  personal relationships
established by  officers,  directors  and  employees  with  its  customers,  and
specialized  services tailored to meet its  customers' needs. In those instances
where the  Bank is  unable to  accommodate  a customer's  needs, the  Bank  will
arrange for those services to be provided by its correspondents.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At  March 31, 1996, the Company employed 36  people, 34 on a full time and 2
on a  part  time  basis. The  employees  are  not represented  by  a  union  and
management believes that its relations with its employees are good.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The  principal executive offices of  the Company and the  main office of the
Bank are located in leased space at 1627 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
The Bank leases three other offices, located at 2905 M Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C.; Union Station, 50 Massachusetts Avenue, N.E.,
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
Washington, D.C.; and 1604 17th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. An additional ATM
was opened in Union Station in 1989 and a third ATM was opened in Union  Station
in May 1994. Leases for these facilities expire as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION                                                               EXPIRATION OF LEASE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
1627 K Street, N.W.                                                            2002
2905 M Street, N.W.                                                    Month-to-month term
50 Massachusetts Avenue, N.E.                                                  1999
Union Station ATM                                                              1999
Union Station ATM                                                              1999
1604 17th Street, N.W.                                                         2016
</TABLE>
 
    In  1995, the Company  and the Bank  incurred rental expense  on leased real
estate of approximately $408,000.  The Company considers  all of the  properties
leased by the Bank to be suitable and adequate for their intended purposes.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    Although  the  Bank,  from  time  to  time,  is  involved  in  various legal
proceedings in  the normal  course  of business,  there  are no  material  legal
proceedings to which the Company or the Bank is a party or to which any of their
property is subject. For a discussion of certain legal proceedings in connection
with the Company's prior ownership, see "Beneficial Ownership of Shares."
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                 AGE                    POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
- --------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>
Barbara Davis Blum                  56   Chairwoman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
                                          Officer
Shireen L. Dodson                   44   Director
Susan Hager                         51   Director
Jeanne D. Hubbard                   48   Director
Clarence L. James, Jr.              62   Director
Steve Protulis                      54   Director*
Marshall T. Reynolds                59   Director
Robert L. Shell, Jr.                52   Director
Dana B. Stebbins                    49   Director
Susan J. Williams                   55   Director
Kimberly J. Levine                  39   Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial
                                          Officer
Thomas O. Griel                     49   Senior Vice President, Lending*
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
* These positions are held with the Bank.
 
    BARBARA  DAVIS BLUM has served as Chairwoman of the Board of the Company and
the Bank since March 1986, President and Chief Executive Officer of the  Company
since 1985 and President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since 1983. She
also  serves as  Chairwoman of the  Economic Development  Finance Corporation, a
quasi-public economic development  corporation for  the benefit  of District  of
Columbia  businesses;  Chairwoman, Center  for  Policy Alternatives,  a national
nonprofit organization; and a Director of  Kaiser Permanente Health Care of  the
Mid-Atlantic States. She is a director of the Greater Washington Board of Trade;
a Trustee of the Federal City Council; a member of the National Advisory Council
of  the  U.S. Small  Business  Administration; Senior  Advisor,  Commercial Real
Estate Women;  and  a  Director of  the  Institute  of American  Indian  Art,  a
Presidential  appointment requiring  Senate confirmation.  She was  a founder of
Leadership Washington in  1985 and served  as its Chairwoman  in 1987. She  also
served  as 1995  and 1996 Greater  Washington Area, United  States Savings Bonds
Chairwoman.  From  1981  to   1983,  she  served   as  President  of   Direction
International,  an  environmental consulting  firm, and  from  1977 to  1981 she
served as the Deputy Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
 
    SHIREEN L. DODSON has served as the Assistant Director of Administration and
Planning for  the Center  for  African American  History and  Culture  (formerly
called  the  National  African  American  Museum  Project)  of  the  Smithsonian
Institution since 1993.  From 1985  to 1992, she  served as  Comptroller of  the
Smithsonian  Institution. She also served as the Commissioner of the District of
Columbia Minority Business  Opportunity Commission  from 1989 to  1992. She  has
been  President of the Coalition of 100  Black Women of D.C., Inc. and currently
serves on the Advisory Committee of that  organization. She is also a member  of
the  Women's Advisory Board, Girl Scout Council  of the National Capital. She is
Treasurer of the Washington D.C. Chamber of Commerce and has been a Director  of
the Company since 1993 and a Director of the Bank since February 1992.
 
    SUSAN  HAGER has been the President of Hager Sharp, Inc., an issues oriented
communications firm,  since  1973.  She  is  also  a  Director  of  the  Greater
Washington  Board  of  Trade, Chairwoman  of  the  Board of  the  Lab  School of
Washington, a member of the National Advisory Council of the U.S. Small Business
Administration and  a  Trustee  of  the Federal  City  Council.  She  served  as
President of
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
National Small Business United, a national small business trade association, and
Chairwoman  of the  U.S. Department  of the  Treasury's Small  Business Advisory
Council. She was a founder of the National Association of Women Business  Owners
(NAWBO). She has been a Director of the Company and the Bank since June 1992.
 
    JEANNE  D.  HUBBARD  has served  as  a  consultant to  First  Guaranty Bank,
Hammond, Louisiana, since 1993. From 1980 to 1993, Ms. Hubbard held a variety of
officer positions, including  Vice President  and Senior  Commercial Lender  and
Chairwoman  of the Loan Committee and Asset/Liability Committee, with First Bank
of Ceredo, Ceredo, West Virginia. She served as President of the C-K Rotary Club
and Chairwoman  of  the  Citizens  Advisory  Committee  of  the  United  Way  in
Huntington,  West Virginia. She has been a  Director of the Company and the Bank
since October 1995.
 
   
    CLARENCE L. JAMES,  JR. joined the  law firm of  Manatt, Phelps &  Phillips,
LLP,  in 1995, and  currently serves as  Executive Director and  a member of the
Board of Directors of Executive Leadership Council, an association he founded of
top national African American business leaders. From 1983 to 1995, he served  as
President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer of  The  Keefe  Company,  a government
relations and public affairs firm. From 1981  to 1983, he was Vice President  of
Domestic  Affairs and General Counsel  of The Keefe Company.  Since 1990, he has
also served as Chairman of the Board of Douglas James Securities,  Incorporated,
a  registered  broker-dealer  and  a  member  of  the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers,  Inc. From  1977  to 1981,  he  served as  Commissioner  and
Chairman  of the  Copyright Royalty  Tribunal, a  Presidential appointment. From
1971 to 1977, he  was Managing Partner  of James, Moore, Douglas  & Co., LPA,  a
corporate,  tax and land development law practice. He has been a Director of the
Company and the Bank since February 1993.
    
 
    STEVE PROTULIS is the Executive Director  of the National Council of  Senior
Citizens (NCSC), a position he has held since August 1995. From 1988 to 1995, he
coordinated senior efforts for the AFL-CIO COPE Department, and was the national
coordinator  for various related support groups. Mr. Protulis has two decades of
experience working with the United Auto Workers and various legislative efforts.
He has been an executive board member of NCSC since 1984, a member of the  board
of  the Congressional  Hispanic Caucus  Institute since  1991, and  an executive
board member of the National Council on Aging since 1994. He has been a director
of the Bank since September 1995.
 
    MARSHALL T.  REYNOLDS is  the Chairman  of the  Board, President  and  Chief
Executive Officer of Champion Industries, Inc., a holding company for commercial
printing  and office products companies,  a position he has  held since 1992. He
became Chairman of the Board of  Premier Financial Bancorp in the first  quarter
of  1996. He  became Chairman  of the  Board of  First Guaranty  Bank during the
second quarter  of 1996.  From 1964  to  1993, Mr.  Reynolds was  President  and
Manager  of  The  Harrah  and  Reynolds  Corporation  (predecessor  to  Champion
Industries, Inc.). From 1983 to 1993, he was Chairman of the Board of Banc  One,
West  Virginia  Corporation (formerly  Key Centurion  Bancshares, Inc.).  He has
served as Chairman of United  Way of the River Cities,  Inc. and Boys and  Girls
Clubs  of Huntington. He has  been a Director of the  Company and the Bank since
November 1995.
 
   
    ROBERT L. SHELL, JR., is the  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of  Guyan
International,  a privately held  holding company for  manufacturing and service
companies, a position he has held since 1985. Mr. Shell is also the Chairman  of
Carolina  Hose and Hydraulics, Standard Leasing  Co. and Permco Hydraulik AG. He
has been a director of First State Bank of Sarasota since February 1994. He is a
member of the Huntington  Boys and Girls Clubs,  the Cabell Huntington  Hospital
Foundation  and the  West Virginia Foundation  for Independent  Colleges. He was
formerly the Chairman of the Marshall Artists Series. He has been a Director  of
the Company and the Bank since October 1995.
    
 
    DANA  B. STEBBINS is a partner in Wilkes,  Artis, Hedrick & Lane, a law firm
located in Washington, D.C.,  where she has practiced  since 1989. From 1983  to
1989,  she was Special Counsel for Klimek,  Kolodney & Casale, P.C. From 1981 to
1983, she was Special Counsel for the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on
Small Business. From 1980  to 1982, she was  Special Assistant to the  Associate
Administrator  of the U.S. Small Business Administration. From 1978 to 1980, she
was the  Special  Assistant and  White  House Liaison  to  the Chairman  of  the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
From  1977 to 1978,  she was Advisor to  the White House  Office of Domestic and
Urban Policy.  She is  currently President  of the  Washington D.C.  Chamber  of
Commerce,  a Trustee  of the  Federal City Council  and is  on the  Board of the
Greater Washington  Boys  and  Girls  Clubs,  as  well  as  the  Lab  School  of
Washington.  She has  been a Director  of the  Company and the  Bank since March
1993.
 
    SUSAN J. WILLIAMS is the President of Bracy Williams & Company, a government
and public affairs
consulting firm,  a  position she  has  held since  1982.  In 1986,  she  was  a
representative  on the Southern Growth Policies Board for the State of Virginia.
From 1979 to 1981, Ms. Williams  served as Assistant Secretary for  Governmental
Affairs  of the U.S. Department of Transportation  and from 1977 to 1979 she was
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Governmental and Public Affairs for that  agency.
She  is  the  Chair-Elect  of  the Greater  Washington  Board  of  Trade, having
previously served as Secretary. She is also  a Director of the Henry L.  Stimson
Center and the American Institute for Public Service. She has been a Director of
the Company since October 1995 and the Bank since September 1994.
 
    KIMBERLY J. LEVINE, CPA, has been Senior Vice President and Treasurer of the
Company  and the Bank since 1988. From 1984  to 1987, she was Vice President and
Controller of the First American Bank, N.A. From 1979 to 1984, she was Assistant
Vice President of Suburban Bank  in various accounting and reporting  positions.
From  1977 to 1979, she  was a Senior Accountant with  Arthur Andersen & Co. She
formerly served as a member of the Corporate Reporting Task Force, a combination
public and private sector  task force designed to  address District of  Columbia
government  tax issues and has been an  instructor for the American Institute of
Banking. Ms. Levine  holds a Bachelor  of Economics from  the Wharton School  of
Business of the University of Pennsylvania.
 
    THOMAS  O.  GRIEL, CPA,  has  served as  the  Bank's Senior  Vice President,
Lending since 1990.  Prior to joining  the Bank, Mr.  Griel was a  self-employed
business  consultant  from  1987  to  1990. He  served  as  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of McLachlen  National Bank in Washington,  D.C. from 1980  to
1987,  and was  a partner  with Ross, Langan  and McKendree,  a certified public
accounting firm,  from 1975  to  1980. He  served  as Corporate  Controller  for
Fairfax  County National Bank from  1973 to 1974 and  for Northern Virginia Bank
from 1974 to 1975.  Prior to that  time, he served as  a national bank  examiner
with  the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency from 1969 to 1973. Mr. Griel
holds a Bachelors of Science degree from the University of Maryland.
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
    During 1995, each director of the Company received $250 for each meeting  of
the  Board of Directors, $200 for each  Executive Committee meeting and $100 for
all other committee meetings attended by such director.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The executive officers  of the  Company receive cash  compensation from  the
Bank  in connection with their positions as  executive officers of the Bank. The
Company does not  separately compensate  its executive officers  with cash,  but
does offer certain stock option compensation.
 
    The  following table shows the cash compensation paid by the Bank during the
fiscal years  ended December  31, 1995,  1994 and  1993 to  the Chief  Executive
Officer,   who  is  the  only  executive  officer  of  the  Company  whose  cash
compensation exceeded $100,000, for services rendered during these years:
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                                             ------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  OTHER ANNUAL
                                                                       YEAR       SALARY        BONUS/OTHER     COMPENSATION (1)
                                                                     ---------  -----------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>                <C>
Barbara Davis Blum,                                                       1995  $   185,155      $       0          $   5,555
   Chairwoman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer of         1994      185,155              0              5,183
   the Company and the Bank                                               1993      173,040              0              4,271
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Represents the Bank's contribution to the former 401(k) Plan for the account
    of Barbara Davis Blum. Ms. Blum received certain perquisites but the cost of
    providing such perquisites did  not exceed the lesser  of $50,000 or 10%  of
    her salary.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
    On  February 20, 1996, the  Company and the Bank  entered into an employment
agreement with Barbara Davis  Blum providing for the  employment by the  Company
and the Bank of Ms. Blum as Chairwoman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
the  Company  and  the  Bank  through February  20,  1998.  The  agreement shall
automatically be extended for an  additional two-year period unless, six  months
prior  to the expiration  date, the Boards  of Directors of  the Company and the
Bank determine in  a duly adopted  resolution that the  agreement should not  be
extended  and so notify Ms.  Blum. Under the terms  of the employment agreement,
which was amended  on March 29,  1996, Ms. Blum  is entitled to  receive a  base
salary  for 1996 of $194,413, all benefits provided by any plan available by the
Bank to  its  employees, certain  executive  fringe benefits,  annual  or  other
bonuses at the sole discretion of the Company's and the Bank's Boards.
 
    Ms.  Blum also  was granted  a nonqualified  stock option  (the "Option") to
purchase 75,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Option vests beginning
in 1996 at an annual rate of 20% at the end of each year and is exercisable  for
a  period of 10 years from the date of grant at an exercise price equal to $6.74
per share, which is 85% of the  fair market value of the Company's Common  Stock
on  the date of  grant. The Option shall  become fully vested in  the event of a
"Change in Control" (as defined in the employment agreement) or in the event Ms.
Blum's employment should terminate for any reason, and remain exercisable for  a
period  of  two  years. Ms.  Blum  was  granted certain  registration  rights in
connection with the shares subject  to the Option, including "piggyback"  rights
for   registration  at  the  Company's  expense,  and  one  "demand"  right  for
registration at the Company's expense, each subject to certain limitations.
 
    The employment agreement provides that, in  the event Ms. Blum shall  resign
with 60 days notification, she shall be entitled to receive a cash payment equal
to the current year's salary then in effect. In addition, the agreement provides
that  in the  event of  Ms. Blum's  death, disability,  termination without just
cause or termination  without her written  consent and for  a reason other  than
just  cause in connection with or within  12 months after any Change in Control,
or upon the occurrence of  certain other events in  connection with a Change  in
Control,  she shall be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to two times her
base salary  (in semi-monthly  payments  in the  event  of disability)  and  the
acceleration  of the  unvested portion  of any  stock options.  In addition, she
shall be included to the full  extent eligible in all plans providing  benefits,
including  group life insurance,  disability insurance and  pension programs for
executive employees of the Company during  the term of the employment  agreement
and  for two years following her disability or termination without just cause or
one year following her voluntary termination. The change in control benefits are
estimated to have  an aggregate  value of  approximately $499,000  at March  31,
1996. Ms. Blum has agreed not to engage in the banking business elsewhere in the
Washington  or Baltimore, Maryland  metropolitan areas or  to solicit the Bank's
customers or  employees  for  a  period of  one  year  following  the  voluntary
termination of her employment.
 
    NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    No options have been granted to date under the Company's Non-Qualified Stock
Option Plan (the "Plan"). A total of 90,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
are authorized for issuance under the Plan, in which officers of the Company and
the  Bank  who  have  been  employed  for at  least  one  year  are  eligible to
participate. The option  exercise price of  any options granted  under the  Plan
will  equal 100% of the  book value of the  shares as of the  date of grant. Any
options granted under the Plan will become exercisable on a cumulative basis  at
a  rate  of 25%  per  year during  the  period of  four  years after  the grant;
provided, however, that  the first  25% will  not become  exercisable until  the
expiration of six months after the date of grant.
 
    EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    On  January  23, 1996,  the Board  of  Directors of  the Company  approved a
qualified Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Employee Plan"). A total of
9,987 shares of the Company's Common Stock are authorized for issuance under the
Employee Plan, in which key employees of the
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
Company and the Bank are eligible to participate. On January 23, 1996, all  such
options  were granted at an  exercise price of 100% of  fair market value at the
date of grant, or $7.93. Options granted under the Employee Plan are immediately
exercisable and expire not later than ten years following the date of grant. The
Employee Plan is subject  to shareholder approval, which  will be sought at  the
next annual meeting.
    
 
    DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
   
    On  January  23, 1996,  the Board  of  Directors of  the Company  approved a
nonqualified Directors  Stock Option  Plan (the  "Directors Plan").  A total  of
6,429 shares of the Company's Common Stock are authorized for issuance under the
Directors  Plan, in which all directors of the  Company and the Bank in 1995 are
eligible to participate based  upon the total months  of 1995 Board service.  On
January  23, 1996, all such options were granted  at an exercise price of 85% of
fair market value  at the date  of grant,  or $6.74. Options  granted under  the
Directors  Plan vest beginning  in 1996 at an  annual rate of 20%  at the end of
each year and expire at the earlier of ten years following the date of grant  or
two  years after leaving the Board. The options shall become fully vested in the
event of a  "Change in Control"  (as defined in  the Directors Plan)  or in  the
event  the  director  leaves  the  Board.  The  Directors  Plan  is  subject  to
shareholder approval, which will be sought at the next annual meeting.
    
 
    EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN WITH 401(K) PROVISIONS
 
    On April 16, 1996, the Company's and the Bank's Boards of Directors  adopted
an  employee  stock ownership  plan with  401(k)  provisions ("ESOP").  The ESOP
replaced the Bank's former 401(k) Plan. Employees  of the Bank who are at  least
21  years of  age and  who have completed  one year  of service  are eligible to
participate. The  Company will  submit an  application to  the Internal  Revenue
Service  for a  letter of  determination as to  the tax-qualified  status of the
ESOP. Although  no assurances  can be  given, the  Company expects  the ESOP  to
receive  a  favorable  letter  of  determination. The  ESOP  may  be  amended or
terminated at any time by the Bank.
 
    The ESOP is to be funded by contributions made by the Bank in cash or shares
of the Company's Common Stock.  It is expected that  the ESOP will borrow  funds
from  the Company  in an amount  sufficient to  purchase up to  25,000 shares of
Common Stock. This loan will be secured by the shares of Common Stock  purchased
and earnings thereon. Shares purchased with such loan proceeds will be held in a
suspense  account for allocation, as the  loan is repaid, among participants who
are eligible to share in the Bank's contribution for the year. Dividends paid on
allocated shares may be  paid to participants  or used to  repay the ESOP  loan.
Dividends on unallocated shares are expected to be used to repay the ESOP loan.
 
    Participants  may elect  to contribute a  percentage of  their salary, which
amount may not be  less than 1%  nor more than 15%  of the participant's  annual
salary  (up to $9,500 for 1996). In  addition, the Bank may make a discretionary
matching contribution equal to one-half of  the percentage of the amount of  the
salary  reduction elected  by each  participant (up to  a maximum  of 3%), which
percentage will  be  determined  each  year  by  the  Bank,  and  an  additional
discretionary  contribution determined each  year by the  Bank. Contributions by
the Bank and shares released from  the suspense account will be allocated  among
participants  on the basis of  their annual wages subject  to federal income tax
withholding,  plus  amounts  withheld   under  certain  qualified  plans.   Each
participant  is immediately  vested in his  or her contributions  and the Bank's
matching contributions.  Each participant  will  begin to  vest  in his  or  her
interest in the Bank's discretionary contributions to the ESOP after three years
of  service and will be  fully vested upon seven  years of service. Benefits are
payable upon a participant's retirement,  death, disability, or separation  from
service,  in  a single  lump-sum payment  or  in installments.  Distributions at
retirement will be in  the form of cash  or shares of Common  Stock or both.  In
addition,  the participant  or beneficiary has  certain put rights  in the event
that the Common Stock distributed cannot be readily sold.
 
    The Trustee of the ESOP will vote all shares of Common Stock held by it as a
part of the  ESOP assets,  provided that a  participant or  beneficiary will  be
entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
in  which voting rights  are to be  exercised, with respect  to shares of Common
Stock allocated  to  the  participant,  in  connection  with  certain  corporate
transactions  as described in the ESOP. The Bank intends to appoint an unrelated
corporate Trustee for the ESOP.
 
    SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS
 
    On April 7,  1994, the  Board of Directors  of the  Bank approved  severance
arrangements  for  seven  key  management  officials.  These  arrangements  were
incorporated  into  Severance  Agreements,  dated  as  of  April  7,  1994  (the
"Severance Agreements").
 
    The Severance Agreements provide that, in the event of a "Change in Control"
(as  defined  in the  Severance Agreements),  the officers  will be  entitled to
resign from the Bank within  the one year period  following a Change in  Control
and  receive a lump sum payment equal to one year's full base salary at the rate
applicable to the officer  in effect at  that time. The  term Change in  Control
does  not  include  a transaction  approved  by  a majority  of  the "Continuing
Directors" (as defined in the Severance Agreements) then in office. In addition,
an officer will be entitled to receive  such severance payment in the event  the
officer's  employment with the Bank is "Terminated" (as defined in the Severance
Agreements) within the one year period  following a Change in Control, prior  to
the  resignation  of  the  officer.  These benefits  are  estimated  to  have an
aggregate value of approximately $504,000 as of March 31, 1996 based on  current
salary levels. Any severance payment payable under the Severance Agreements will
be  reduced to the extent that any such payment constitutes an "Excess Parachute
Payment" as  such term  is defined  in the  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
amended. The Severance Agreements are binding on the Bank and its successors.
 
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  Bank has  had, and  it is  expected that  it will  have in  the future,
banking transactions  in the  ordinary  course of  business with  the  Company's
directors,  officers  and  their  associates on  substantially  the  same terms,
including interest rates, collateral and payment terms on extensions of  credit,
as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with others. In
the opinion of Management these transactions did not in 1995 involve more than a
normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
 
    As  of May 10, 1996,  the aggregate principal amount  of indebtedness to the
Bank owed by officers and directors of the Company and their associates on  that
date  was approximately  $413,000. The  highest aggregate  principal amount owed
during 1995 by all  officers and directors of  the Company and their  associates
who were indebted to the Bank during the year was approximately $1,001,000.
 
   
    The  Company has engaged in transactions  in the ordinary course of business
with  some  of  its  directors,  officers,  principal  stockholders  and   their
associates.  Management believes that all such transactions are made on the same
terms as those prevailing at the time with other persons. During 1994 and  1995,
the  Company engaged Hager Sharp, Inc., of  which Susan Hager, a director of the
Company, is President, to provide public relations services. For the fiscal year
ended December 31,  1995, the Company  paid Hager Sharp,  Inc. $15,000 for  such
services.  For the fiscal year  ended December 31, 1994,  the Company paid Hager
Sharp, Inc. $32,000 for such services.
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                         BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SHARES
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the   beneficial
ownership  of the Common  Stock as of May  10, 1996 by (i)  each person or group
known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding  Common
Stock;  (ii)  each  of the  Company's  directors;  and (iii)  all  directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group. Unless otherwise noted below,  the
persons  named in  the table  have sole voting  and sole  investment powers with
respect to each of the shares reported as beneficially owned by such person.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 BEFORE OFFERING                AFTER OFFERING (8)
                                                         -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                            BENEFICIAL                       BENEFICIAL
                                                           OWNERSHIP OF     PERCENT OF      OWNERSHIP OF     PERCENT OF
NAME AND ADDRESS                                              SHARES        CLASS OWNED        SHARES        CLASS OWNED
- -------------------------------------------------------  ----------------  -------------  ----------------  -------------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>
Shirley A. Reynolds....................................     345,495(1)(2)        40.4%       345,495              22.3%
1130 13th Avenue
Huntington, West Virginia 25701
Barbara W. Beymer......................................      81,000(1)            9.5%        81,000               5.2%
214 North Boulevard West
Huntington, West Virginia 25701
Deborah P. Wright......................................      81,000(1)(3)         9.5%        81,000               5.2%
1517 Diederich Boulevard
Flatwoods, Kentucky 41139
SAG, Corp. Money Purchase Plan and Trust (Pension),
 Neal R. Gross, Trustee Ava S. Gross, Trustee..........      60,483(4)            7.1%        60,483               3.9%
4218 Lenore Lane, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20008
Barbara Davis Blum.....................................       5,124(5)           *             5,124              *
Shireen L. Dodson......................................         300              *               300              *
Susan Hager............................................       1,566              *             1,566              *
Jeanne D. Hubbard......................................       4,500(1)           *             4,500              *
Clarence L. James, Jr..................................         300              *               300              *
Marshall T. Reynolds...................................     225,495(1)(2)        26.4%       225,495              14.6%
Robert L. Shell, Jr....................................      66,000(1)(6)         7.7%        66,000               4.3%
Dana B. Stebbins.......................................         300              *               300              *
Susan J. Williams......................................       1,566              *             1,566              *
All directors and executive officers as a group (10
 persons)..............................................     306,963(7)           35.8%       306,963              19.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Less than 1%.
 
   
(1) Based upon Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13D dated July 21, 1995, Marshall  T.
    Reynolds,  Shirley  A. Reynolds,  Robert L.  Shell,  Jr., Robert  H. Beymer,
    Barbara W. Beymer, Thomas W. Wright, Deborah P. Wright and Jeanne D. Hubbard
    acquired 609,114  outstanding shares  of  the Company.  Amendment No.  2  to
    Schedule  13D dated March  5, 1996 evidences  the disposition of  a total of
    45,000 shares by Marshall T. Reynolds and Robert L. Shell, Jr. An additional
    13,881 shares were acquired by Mr.  and Mrs. Reynolds, jointly, in a  tender
    offer which was completed on September 15, 1995.
    
 
(2) Marshall  T. Reynolds and  Shirley A. Reynolds  share voting and dispositive
    power with respect  to 195,495  shares owned jointly.  An additional  30,000
    shares are held by a dependent child.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
(3) Thomas  W. Wright and  Deborah P. Wright share  voting and dispositive power
    with respect to 21,000 shares owned jointly.
 
(4) Based upon a Schedule 13D dated September 18, 1995, Neal R. Gross and Ava S.
    Gross share voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares.
 
(5) Includes options to  purchase 2,268  shares granted  to Ms.  Blum under  the
    Employee Plan.
 
(6) Based  upon Amendment No.  2 to Schedule  13D dated March  5, 1996, upon any
    default under Robert  L. Shell,  Jr.'s loan  agreement with  Bank One,  West
    Virginia  which extended financing  for the purchase  of Mr. Shell's shares,
    Marshall T.  Reynolds  would be  required  to  purchase the  shares  of  the
    Company's  Common Stock  attributed to Mr.  Shell, increasing  the number of
    shares held with sole voting and dispositive power by Mr. Reynolds to 60,000
    and reducing Mr.  Shell's beneficial  ownership to -0-.  Mr. Shell's  shares
    include 6,000 shares transferred by gift to his wife.
 
(7) Includes  options  to purchase  3,480 shares  granted  to all  directors and
    officers as a group.
 
(8) Assumes no shares are purchased in the Offering.
 
    For several  years, an  issue  existed regarding  the ownership  of  609,114
shares  of the  Company's Common Stock  (on a post-split  basis). Citibank, N.A.
("Citibank")  held  a   security  interest  in   609,114  shares,   representing
approximately 71% of the outstanding shares (the "Pledged Shares"). Beginning in
1990,  the Company  and its  advisors participated  in various  discussions with
Citibank and its advisors concerning the disposition by Citibank of the  Pledged
Shares or a sale of the Company.
 
    On  April 12, 1994, the Company's  Board of Directors, on the recommendation
of the  Special Committee  (a  Board appointed  Committee of  Outside  Directors
comprised  of those  of the Company's  directors who were  neither employees nor
significant stockholders  of  the  Company), adopted  a  Rights  Agreement,  the
purpose  of which was  to provide the  Board of Directors  with adequate time to
respond effectively to a  takeover attempt and in  a manner that would  maximize
the value of the Company for all shareholders. See "Description of Capital Stock
- -- Common Stock Purchase Rights."
 
    On  April 14, 1994, Citibank filed a  complaint against the Company and each
of its directors in  the Delaware Chancery Court  seeking to enjoin the  Company
from implementing the Rights Agreement or distributing the Rights. The complaint
alleged, among other things, that the Rights Agreement violated Delaware law and
that  in adopting  the Rights  Agreement the  directors of  the Company violated
their fiduciary duty to  all of the shareholders  of the Company and  tortiously
interfered  with the  consummation of  Citibank's proposed  sale of  the Pledged
Shares to National Bankshares, Inc., a  group with whom Citibank had  negotiated
the sale of the Pledged Shares from 1992 through 1994 ("NBI"). On June 24, 1994,
the  Company filed an answer  to the complaint denying  the allegations and in a
counterclaim  against  Citibank  requested  that  the  court  enter  a  judgment
declaring  the Rights  Agreement valid and  lawfully adopted  under Delaware law
(collectively, the "Delaware Litigation").
 
    On June 29, 1994, the Special  Committee was advised by Baxter Fentriss  and
Company  (the Company's investment advisor) of a proposal received from Marshall
T. Reynolds to purchase the Pledged Shares from Citibank and to make an offer to
purchase up  to the  245,418  shares of  Common Stock  that  were not  owned  by
Citibank  (the "Minority Shares"). On April 19,  1995, the Board of Directors of
the Company,  on the  recommendation of  the Special  Committee, authorized  the
entry  by  the  Company  into  an agreement  with  Mr.  Reynolds  (the "Reynolds
Agreement") pursuant to  which he  agreed that if  his purchase  of the  Pledged
Shares  from Citibank was completed, he would within 20 business days commence a
tender offer to  purchase the Minority  Shares at  a price of  $7.00 per  share.
Under  the Reynolds  Agreement, Mr. Reynolds  also agreed that  until the Tender
Offer was completed neither he  nor any assignee of  his rights to purchase  the
Pledged  Shares  would  vote the  Pledged  Shares,  without the  consent  of the
Company's Board of Directors,  to change in any  respect the composition of  the
Company's Board of Directors. In consideration for the commitment of Reynolds to
undertake the Tender Offer, the Company agreed (i) to amend the Rights Agreement
to  prevent the  purchase by Mr.  Reynolds of  the Pledged Shares  or the Tender
Offer from triggering the exercisability
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
of the  Rights, (ii)  to take  such actions  as were  necessary to  ensure  that
neither the purchase of the Pledged Shares nor the Tender Offer would constitute
a  "Change in  Control" under the  Bank's Severance Agreements  with certain key
officers and (iii) not  to, or not  permit the Bank to  (A) amend the  Severance
Agreements (except as described above), (B) amend the Employment Agreement among
the  Company, the Bank and  Barbara Davis Blum (except  that an extension of the
termination date  to  a  date that  is  not  more than  90  days  following  the
completion  of the purchase of the Pledged Shares would be permitted), (C) issue
any stock,  or  any  options, warrants  or  rights  to purchase  stock,  or  any
long-term  debt securities, (D) enter into,  or materially increase the level of
contributions  to,  any  pension,  retirement,  stock  option,  profit  sharing,
deferred  compensation, bonus,  group insurance  or similar  plan for directors,
officers or  employees, (E)  other  than in  the  ordinary course  of  business,
mortgage,  pledge or dispose of any assets, incur any indebtedness, increase the
compensation or benefits payable to directors, officers or employees, incur  any
material  obligation,  or enter  into any  material contract,  or (F)  amend the
Certificate of  Incorporation  or Bylaws  of  the  Company or  the  Articles  of
Association  or Bylaws of  the Bank. The foregoing  restrictions were subject to
the exception that the Company or the Bank was permitted to adopt a stock option
plan for its directors and employees and during the first year of the plan issue
options to purchase shares of Common Stock not in excess of 2 1/2% of the  total
number of shares outstanding.
 
    On  April 20, 1995, the Company amended the Rights Agreement to provide that
neither (i)  the  entry by  Mr.  Reynolds into  an  agreement with  Citibank  to
purchase  the Pledged  Shares or  the purchase  by Mr.  Reynolds (or  any of his
permitted assignees) of the Pledged Shares nor (ii) the announcement, conduct or
completion of the Tender Offer would trigger the exercisability of the Rights.
 
    On April 21, 1995, Citibank and  Mr. Reynolds entered into a Stock  Purchase
Agreement  pursuant to which Mr. Reynolds  agreed to purchase the Pledged Shares
at a purchase price of $5.67 per  share. The purchase was completed on July  21,
1995.  In connection with the closing of the purchase of the Pledged Shares, the
Company, the Bank and each director of the Company (other than Richard Naing,  a
former  director of  the Bank)  delivered a  release releasing  Citibank and its
directors, officers,  employees, agents  and representatives  from any  and  all
claims relating to actions taken by Citibank with respect to the Pledged Shares.
Correspondingly,  Citibank delivered a  release releasing the  Company, the Bank
and each director (other  than Mr. Naing  who declined to  deliver a release  in
favor  of Citibank), officer, employee, agent  and representative of the Company
and the Bank from any and all  claims relating to Citibank's efforts to  dispose
of  the Pledged  Shares. In  addition, the Company,  the Bank  and each director
(other than Mr. Naing) and executive officer of the Company delivered a  release
releasing NBI and its directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives
from  any  and all  claims relating  to  NBI's efforts  to purchase  the Pledged
Shares. Correspondingly, NBI delivered a release releasing the Company, the Bank
and each director, executive officer, employee, agent and representative of  the
Company  and the Bank (other than Mr. Naing who declined to deliver a release in
favor of NBI).  On July  21, 1995, the  Delaware Litigation  was dismissed  with
prejudice.
 
    On  August 16, 1995, Mr. Reynolds commenced  his Tender Offer to purchase up
to 245,418  shares of  Common Stock,  consisting of  the outstanding  shares  of
Common  Stock that were  not then owned by  him or his associates  at a price of
$7.00 per  share net  to seller  in  cash, upon  the terms  and subject  to  the
conditions  set forth in  the Offer to  Purchase, dated August  16, 1995 and the
related Letter of  Transmittal (which together  constitute the "Tender  Offer").
The  Tender Offer was completed on September  15, 1995. A total of 13,881 shares
were tendered and  acquired by  Marshall T.  Reynolds and  Shirley A.  Reynolds,
jointly.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
    Bank  holding  companies  and  banks are  extensively  regulated  under both
federal and  state law.  Set forth  below is  a summary  description of  certain
provisions of certain laws which relate to the regulation of the Company and the
Bank.  The description does not  purport to be complete  and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.
 
THE COMPANY
 
    The Company, as a registered bank holding company, is subject to  regulation
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"). The Company
is  required  to file  quarterly  reports and  annual  reports with  the Federal
Reserve Board and such additional information  as the Federal Reserve Board  may
require pursuant to the BHCA. The Federal Reserve Board may conduct examinations
of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
    The Federal Reserve Board may require that the Company terminate an activity
or  terminate  control  of  or  liquidate  or  divest  certain  subsidiaries  or
affiliates when the Federal Reserve Board  believes the activity or the  control
of  the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes  a significant risk to the financial
safety, soundness or stability of any  of its banking subsidiaries. The  Federal
Reserve  Board also  has the  authority to  regulate provisions  of certain bank
holding company  debt,  including  authority to  impose  interest  ceilings  and
reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, the Company must
file  written notice and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board prior to
purchasing or redeeming its equity securities.
 
    Under the BHCA and regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, a  bank
holding  company and its  nonbanking subsidiaries are  prohibited from requiring
certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or
sale of property or furnishing of services. Further, the Company is required  by
the Federal Reserve Board to maintain certain levels of capital.
 
    The  Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve
Board for the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class
of voting securities  or substantially all  of the  assets of any  bank or  bank
holding  company. Prior approval  of the Federal Reserve  Board is also required
for the merger or consolidation of the Company and another bank holding company.
 
    The Company  is  prohibited  by  the BHCA,  except  in  certain  statutorily
prescribed  instances, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of
more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a  bank
or  bank holding company and from  engaging directly or indirectly in activities
other than  those  of  banking,  managing or  controlling  banks  or  furnishing
services  to  its  subsidiaries.  However, the  Company,  subject  to  the prior
approval of the Federal Reserve Board, may engage in any activities, or  acquire
shares of companies engaged in activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve
Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to
be a proper incident thereto.
 
    Under  Federal Reserve Board regulations, a bank holding company is required
to serve as  a source  of financial and  managerial strength  to its  subsidiary
banks  and may  not conduct its  operations in  an unsafe or  unsound manner. In
addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board's  policy that in serving as a  source
of  strength to its subsidiary banks, a  bank holding company should stand ready
to use available resources to provide  adequate capital funds to its  subsidiary
banks  during periods of  financial stress or adversity  and should maintain the
financial  flexibility  and  capital-raising   capacity  to  obtain   additional
resources  for assisting its subsidiary banks.  A bank holding company's failure
to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks
will generally be considered by  the Federal Reserve Board  to be an unsafe  and
unsound  banking  practice  or  a  violation  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board's
regulations or both. This doctrine has become known as the "source of  strength"
doctrine. The validity of the source of strength doctrine has been and is likely
to  continue to be the subject of  litigation until definitively resolved by the
courts or by Congress.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
THE BANK
 
   
    The  Bank,  as  a  national  banking  association,  is  subject  to  primary
supervision,  examination  and regulation  by the  OCC.  If, as  a result  of an
examination of the Bank, the OCC should determine that the financial  condition,
capital  resources, asset quality, earnings  prospects, management, liquidity or
other aspects of the  Bank's operations are unsatisfactory  or that the Bank  or
its  management  is violating  or has  violated any  law or  regulation, various
remedies are available  to the OCC.  Such remedies include  the power to  enjoin
"unsafe  or unsound  practices," to  require affirmative  action to  correct any
conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an  administrative
order  that can  be judicially  enforced, to direct  an increase  in capital, to
restrict the growth  of the  Bank, to assess  civil monetary  penalties, and  to
remove  officers and directors.  The FDIC has  similar enforcement authority, in
addition to  its authority  to  terminate a  bank's  deposit insurance,  in  the
absence  of action by the OCC and upon a  finding that a bank is in an unsafe or
unsound condition, is  engaging in  unsafe or  unsound activities,  or that  its
conduct poses a risk to the deposit insurance fund or may prejudice the interest
of its depositors. The Bank is not subject to any such actions by the OCC or the
FDIC.
    
 
    The  deposits of the Bank are  insured by the FDIC in  the manner and to the
extent provided  by  law.  For  this protection,  the  Bank  pays  a  semiannual
statutory  assessment.  See  "Premiums  for  Deposit  Insurance."  Various other
requirements and restrictions  under the laws  of the United  States affect  the
operations  of the Bank. Federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects
of the Bank's  operations, including reserves  against deposits, interest  rates
payable  on deposits, loans, investments,  mergers and acquisitions, borrowings,
dividends, locations  of branch  offices,  capital requirements  and  disclosure
obligations  to  depositors  and borrowers.  Further,  the Bank  is  required to
maintain certain levels of capital. See "Capital Standards."
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS OF FUNDS TO THE COMPANY BY THE BANK
 
    The Company  is a  legal entity  separate and  distinct from  the Bank.  The
Company's  ability to pay  cash dividends is  limited by Delaware  state law. In
addition, the  prior  approval of  the  OCC is  required  if the  total  of  all
dividends  declared by  the Bank  in any  calendar year  exceeds the  Bank's net
profits (as defined) for  that year combined with  its retained net profits  (as
defined) for the preceding two years, less any transfers to surplus.
 
    The  OCC also has authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in activities
that, in the OCC's opinion, constitute unsafe or unsound practices in conducting
its business. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the bank
in question and other  factors, that the  OCC could assert  that the payment  of
dividends  or other payments might, under  some circumstances, be such an unsafe
or unsound  practice.  Further, the  OCC  and  the Federal  Reserve  Board  have
established  guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of
capital by banks or bank holding companies under their jurisdiction.  Compliance
with the standards set forth in such guidelines and the restrictions that are or
may  be imposed  under the  prompt corrective  action provisions  of federal law
could limit the amount of dividends which  the Bank or the Company may pay.  See
"Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action and  Other  Enforcement  Mechanisms" and
"Capital Standards" for a discussion of these additional restrictions on capital
distributions.
 
    The Bank is subject  to certain restrictions imposed  by federal law on  any
extensions  of credit to, or the issuance of  a guarantee or letter of credit on
behalf of, the Company  or other affiliates, the  purchase of or investments  in
stock  or other securities thereof, the  taking of such securities as collateral
for loans and the purchase  of assets of the  Company or other affiliates.  Such
restrictions  prevent the Company and such  other affiliates from borrowing from
the Bank unless the  loans are secured by  marketable obligations of  designated
amounts.  Further, such secured loans  and investments by the  Bank to or in the
Company or to or in any other affiliate is limited to 10% of the Bank's  capital
and  surplus  (as defined  by federal  regulations) and  such secured  loans and
investments are limited,  in the  aggregate, to 20%  of the  Bank's capital  and
surplus (as defined by federal regulations).
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
Additional  restrictions on transactions  with affiliates may  be imposed on the
Bank under the prompt corrective action  provisions of federal law. See  "Prompt
Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms."
 
    CAPITAL STANDARDS
 
    The  Federal  Reserve  Board and  the  OCC have  adopted  risk-based minimum
capital guidelines intended to  provide a measure of  capital that reflects  the
degree  of risk  associated with  a banking  organization's operations  for both
transactions reported on the balance sheet  as assets and transactions, such  as
letters  of credit and recourse arrangements,  which are recorded as off balance
sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit
equivalent amounts of off balance sheet  items are multiplied by one of  several
risk  adjustment percentages,  which range  from 0%  for assets  with low credit
risk, such  as  certain  U.S.  Treasury securities,  to  100%  for  assets  with
relatively high credit risk, such as business loans.
 
    A  banking organization's risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing
its qualifying capital by its total risk adjusted assets. The regulators measure
risk-adjusted assets, which include off balance sheet items, against both  total
qualifying  capital (the  sum of Tier  1 capital  and limited amounts  of Tier 2
capital) and Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common  stock,
retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (cumulative perpetual
preferred  stock for bank  holding companies) and  minority interests in certain
subsidiaries, less  most intangible  assets. Tier  2 capital  may consist  of  a
limited  amount of the allowance for  possible loan and lease losses, cumulative
preferred stock, long term preferred stock, eligible term subordinated debt  and
certain  other instruments with some characteristics of equity. The inclusion of
elements of  Tier  2  capital  is subject  to  certain  other  requirements  and
limitations  of  the  federal  banking agencies.  The  federal  banking agencies
require a minimum ratio of qualifying  total capital to risk-adjusted assets  of
8%  and a  minimum ratio  of Tier 1  capital to  risk-adjusted assets  of 4%. In
addition to  the  risk-based  guidelines,  federal  banking  regulators  require
banking  organizations to maintain a  minimum amount of Tier  1 capital to total
assets, referred to as the leverage ratio.
 
    Only a well capitalized depository institution may accept brokered  deposits
without  prior regulatory  approval. Under  FDIC regulations,  an institution is
generally considered "well  capitalized" if  it has a  total risk-based  capital
ratio  of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio of at least 6%, and a
Tier 1 capital (leverage) ratio of  at least 5%. Federal law generally  requires
full-scope on-site annual examinations of all insured depository institutions by
the  appropriate  federal bank  regulatory agency  although the  examination may
occur at longer intervals for small well-capitalized or state chartered banks.
 
    Federally supervised banks and  savings associations are currently  required
to report deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109. See Note 8 of the
Notes  to Consolidated Financial Statements. The federal banking agencies issued
final rules, effective  April 1, 1995,  which limit the  amount of deferred  tax
assets  that are allowable in computing an institution's regulatory capital. The
standard has been in effect on an interim basis since March 1993.
 
    In August  1995,  the federal  banking  agencies adopted  final  regulations
specifying  that the  agencies will  include, in  their evaluations  of a bank's
capital adequacy, an  assessment of  the exposure  to declines  in the  economic
value  of  the  bank's capital  due  to  changes in  interest  rates.  The final
regulations, however, do not include  a measurement framework for assessing  the
level  of a  bank's exposure to  interest rate risk,  which is the  subject of a
proposed policy statement  issued by the  federal banking agencies  concurrently
with the final regulations. Because this proposal has only recently been issued,
the  Bank currently is unable to predict the  impact of the proposal on the Bank
if the policy statement is adopted as proposed.
 
    Future changes in regulations or  practices could further reduce the  amount
of  capital recognized  for purposes  of capital  adequacy. Such  a change could
affect the ability of the Bank to grow and could restrict the amount of profits,
if any, available for the payment of dividends.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION AND OTHER ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS
 
    Federal law requires each federal  banking agency to take prompt  corrective
action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including but
not  limited to  those that  fall below one  or more  prescribed minimum capital
ratios. The law requires each  federal banking agency to promulgate  regulations
defining   the  following  five  categories   in  which  an  insured  depository
institution will  be placed,  based on  the level  of its  capital ratios:  well
capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly
undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. In September 1992, the federal
banking  agencies  issued  uniform  final  regulations  implementing  the prompt
corrective action provisions of federal law.
 
    An institution that, based upon its  capital levels, is classified as  "well
capitalized,"  "adequately capitalized" or "undercapitalized"  may be treated as
though it were  in the next  lower capital category  if the appropriate  federal
banking  agency, after  notice and opportunity  for hearing,  determines that an
unsafe or  unsound condition  or an  unsafe or  unsound practice  warrants  such
treatment.  At  each successive  lower capital  category, an  insured depository
institution is  subject  to more  restrictions.  The federal  banking  agencies,
however,  may not treat  an institution as  "critically undercapitalized" unless
its capital ratio actually warrants such treatment.
 
    In  addition  to  restrictions  and  sanctions  imposed  under  the   prompt
corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations may be subject to
potential  enforcement actions by  the federal regulators  for unsafe or unsound
practices in conducting  their businesses or  for violations of  any law,  rule,
regulation  or any  condition imposed  in writing by  the agency  or any written
agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions  may include the imposition of  a
conservator  or receiver, the issuance  of a cease and  desist order that can be
judicially enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of  a
depository  institution), the imposition of  civil money penalties, the issuance
of  directives  to  increase  capital,  the  issuance  of  formal  and  informal
agreements,   the   issuance   of  removal   and   prohibition   orders  against
institution-affiliated parties  and  the  enforcement of  such  actions  through
injunctions  or restraining orders based upon  a judicial determination that the
agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.
 
    SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS STANDARDS
 
    In  July  1995,  the  federal  banking  agencies  adopted  final  guidelines
establishing  standards  for  safety  and soundness.  The  guidelines  set forth
operational and managerial standards relating to internal controls,  information
systems  and internal  audit systems,  loan documentation,  credit underwriting,
interest rate  exposure,  asset  growth and  compensation,  fees  and  benefits.
Guidelines  for  asset quality  and earnings  standards will  be adopted  in the
future. The guidelines  establish the  safety and soundness  standards that  the
agencies  will  use  to  identify and  address  problems  at  insured depository
institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to  comply
with a safety and soundness standard, the appropriate federal banking agency may
require  the  institution  to submit  a  compliance  plan. Failure  to  submit a
compliance plan  or to  implement an  accepted plan  may result  in  enforcement
action.
 
    PREMIUMS FOR DEPOSIT INSURANCE
 
   
    Federal  law has established several mechanisms to increase funds to protect
deposits insured by the  Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF")  administered by the  FDIC.
The  FDIC  is authorized  to borrow  up to  $30 billion  from the  United States
Treasury; up to 90% of the fair market value of assets of institutions  acquired
by  the FDIC as  receiver from the  Federal Financing Bank;  and from depository
institutions that are members of BIF.  Any borrowings not repaid by asset  sales
are to be repaid through insurance premiums assessed to member institutions. The
result  of  these provisions  is that  the  assessment rate  on deposits  of BIF
members could increase  in the  future. The FDIC  also has  authority to  impose
special assessments against insured deposits.
    
 
    The FDIC implemented a final risk-based assessment system, effective January
1,  1994,  under  which an  institution's  premium  assessment is  based  on the
probability that the deposit  insurance fund will incur  a loss with respect  to
the   institution,   the   likely   amount   of   any   such   loss,   and   the
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
revenue needs of the deposit insurance fund. On August 8, 1995, the FDIC  issued
final  regulations adopting an assessment rate schedule  for BIF members of 4 to
31 basis  points effective  on June  1, 1995.  On November  14, 1995,  the  FDIC
further  reduced deposit insurance premiums  to a range of  0 to 27 basis points
effective for the semi-annual period beginning January 1, 1996.
 
    Under the risk-based assessment system, a BIF member institution such as the
Bank is  categorized into  one of  three capital  categories (well  capitalized,
adequately  capitalized, and undercapitalized) and one of three categories based
on supervisory evaluations by its primary federal regulator (in the Bank's case,
the FDIC). The three supervisory categories  are: financially sound with only  a
few  minor weaknesses  (Group A), demonstrates  weaknesses that  could result in
significant deterioration (Group B), and poses a substantial probability of loss
(Group C).  The capital  ratios used  by the  FDIC to  define  well-capitalized,
adequately  capitalized and undercapitalized  are the same  in the FDIC's prompt
corrective action regulations.
 
   
    Since the Bank is considered well-capitalized under regulatory standards and
met certain other criteria during 1995, the Bank paid the FDIC insurance premium
rate of $.04 per $100  of deposits. Beginning January 1,  1996, the Bank pays  a
flat $2,000 per year for FDIC deposit insurance.
    
 
    INTERSTATE BANKING AND BRANCHING
 
    In   September  1994,  the  Riegel-Neal  Interstate  Banking  and  Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate  Act") became law. Under the  Interstate
Act, beginning one year after the date of enactment, a bank holding company that
is  adequately capitalized  and managed  may obtain  approval under  the BHCA to
acquire an existing bank located in another state without regard to state law. A
bank holding company would not be permitted to make such an acquisition if, upon
consummation, it would control (a) more than 10% of the total amount of deposits
of insured depository institutions in  the United States or  (b) 30% or more  of
the  deposits in the state in  which the bank is located.  A state may limit the
percentage of total deposits that may be held  in that state by any one bank  or
bank  holding company  if application of  such limitation  does not discriminate
against out-of-state banks. An out-of-state bank holding company may not acquire
a state bank in  existence for less than  a minimum length of  time that may  be
prescribed by state law except that a state may not impose more than a five year
existence requirement.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    Prior  to this  Offering, the  Company intends  to amend  its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase its authorized shares of Common Stock from 800,000  to
5,000,000  shares and reduce  the par value  of the Common  Stock from $10.00 to
$.01 per share, and to issue a three-for-one stock split in the form of a  stock
dividend. On a post-split basis, at May 10, 1996, 859,212 shares of Common Stock
were   issued  and  854,532   shares  were  outstanding   and  the  Company  had
approximately 578 stockholders. Upon completion of the Offering, the issued  and
outstanding  capital stock  of the Company  will consist of  1,549,532 shares of
Common Stock  (1,650,032 shares  if the  over-allotment option  is exercised  in
full).
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Each  holder of the Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share held
of record on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative  voting
in  the election of directors is not permitted. As a result, the holders of more
than 50% of the outstanding shares have the power to elect all directors.
 
    The holders of  shares of  Common Stock  are entitled  to receive  dividends
when,  as  and  if declared  by  the Board  of  Directors out  of  funds legally
available therefor and, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or  winding
up of the Company, to share ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of
liabilities.  There are no  preemptive or other  subscription rights, conversion
rights, or  redemption or  sinking fund  provisions with  respect to  shares  of
Common  Stock. All of the shares of Common Stock outstanding are legally issued,
fully paid and nonassessable.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
 
    On April 12, 1994, the Company's  Board of Directors declared a dividend  of
one  common share purchase right  (a "Right") for each  outstanding share of the
Company's Common Stock (the "Common Shares"). The dividend was paid on April 25,
1994 (the "Record Date") to the shareholders of record on that date. Each  Right
entitles  the registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of Common
Stock of the Company,  at a price  of $20.11 per  share (the "Purchase  Price"),
subject  to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in
a Rights  Agreement, as  amended on  April 20,  1995 (the  "Rights  Agreement"),
between  the Company and  The First National  Bank of Maryland,  as Rights Agent
(the "Rights Agent").
 
    Until the earliest to occur of  (a) 10 days following a public  announcement
that  a  person or  group  of affiliated  or  associated persons  (an "Acquiring
Person") has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership or
record ownership of 25% or  more of the outstanding  Common Shares; (b) 10  days
following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender
offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial
ownership  or record  ownership by  a person  or group  of 25%  or more  of such
outstanding Common Shares; or (c)  the date a person  or group of affiliated  or
associated  persons is or becomes the beneficial  or record owner of 15% or more
of the outstanding  Common Shares and  (i) the actions  such person proposes  to
take  are likely to have a material  adverse impact on the business or prospects
of the Company; (ii) such person intends to cause the Company to repurchase  the
Common  Shares owned by such person; (iii)  such person exercises or attempts to
exercise a controlling influence over the Company; or (iv) such person transfers
all or a  portion of such  Common Shares in  a manner that  results in a  person
owning  9.9% or more of the Common Shares (an "Adverse Person") (the earliest of
such dates being called the "Distribution Date"), the Rights will be  evidenced,
with  respect to  any of  the Common  Share certificates  outstanding as  of the
Record Date, by such Common Share certificate with a copy of a Summary of Rights
attached thereto.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Rights Agreement, as amended on April 20,
1995, provides that neither (i) the entry by Mr. Reynolds into an agreement with
Citibank to purchase the Pledged Shares or the purchase by Mr. Reynolds (or  any
of  his permitted  assignees) of the  Pledged Shares nor  (ii) the announcement,
conduct or completion of  the Tender Offer would  trigger the exercisability  of
the Rights.
 
    The  Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will
expire on December  31, 2003  (the "Final  Expiration Date"),  unless the  Final
Expiration  Date is extended  or unless the  Rights are earlier  redeemed by the
Company. At any time prior to the  date a Person becomes an Acquiring Person  or
an  Adverse Person, the Board of Directors  of the Company may redeem the Rights
in whole,  but not  in part,  at  a price  of $.01  per Right  (the  "Redemption
Price").  Immediately upon any  redemption of the Rights,  the right to exercise
the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to
receive the Redemption  Price. The terms  of the  Rights may be  amended by  the
Board  of Directors  of the Company  without the  consent of the  holders of the
Rights, including an amendment to extend the Final Expiration Date and, provided
there is no  Acquiring Person  or Adverse Person,  to extend  the period  during
which  the Rights may be  redeemed, except that from and  after such time as any
person becomes an Acquiring  Person or an Adverse  Person no such amendment  may
adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights.
 
    In  the event  that the Company  is acquired  in a merger  or other business
combination transaction or  50% or more  of its consolidated  assets or  earning
power  are  sold, each  holder  of a  Right will  thereafter  have the  right to
receive, upon the  exercise thereof at  the then current  exercise price of  the
Right,  that number of shares of common  stock of the acquiring company which at
the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the  exercise
price  of the Right. In the event that any Person becomes an Acquiring Person or
an Adverse Person, each holder of a Right, other than Rights beneficially  owned
by  the Acquiring Person or Adverse Person (which will thereafter be void), will
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of Common  Shares
having  a market value of two  times the exercise price of  the Right, but in no
event will the purchase price per share be less than the par value of the Common
Shares.
 
DELAWARE BUSINESS COMBINATION LAW
 
    Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prevents an  "interested
stockholder"  (defined in Section 203, generally, as a person owning 15% or more
of a  corporation's outstanding  voting  stock), from  engaging in  a  "business
combination"   (as  defined  in  Section  203)  with  a  publicly-held  Delaware
corporation for three years following the date such person became an  interested
stockholder  unless (i) before such person became an interested stockholder, the
board of directors  of the  corporation approved  the transaction  in which  the
interested   stockholder  became  such  or  approved  the  business  combination
transaction, (ii)  upon consummation  of the  transaction that  resulted in  the
interested  stockholder's  becoming  an interested  stockholder,  the interested
stockholder owns at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding
at the time the transaction commenced (excluding stock held by directors who are
also officers  of the  corporation and  by associated  stock plans  that do  not
provide  associates with the  rights to determine  confidentially whether shares
held subject to  the plan will  be tendered in  a tender or  exchange offer)  or
(iii)  following  the  transaction in  which  such person  became  an interested
stockholder, the business combination is approved  by the board of directors  of
the  corporation and authorized at a  meeting of stockholders by the affirmative
vote of  the  holders of  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  voting stock  of  the
corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
    The  transfer agent  and registrar  for the  Common Stock  is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement,
the Company has agreed to sell to each of the Underwriters named below, and each
of the Underwriters, for  whom Ferris, Baker Watts,  Incorporated is serving  as
Representative, has severally agreed to purchase, the number of shares of Common
Stock set forth opposite its name below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NUMBER OF SHARES
UNDERWRITERS                                                                  TO BE PURCHASED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>
Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated..........................................
 
                                                                                   --------
    Total..................................................................         670,000
                                                                                   --------
                                                                                   --------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The nature of the Underwriters' obligations under the Underwriting Agreement
is such that all shares of Common Stock offered, excluding shares covered by the
over-allotment  option granted to the Underwriters, must be purchased if any are
purchased. The  Underwriting  Agreement provides  that  the obligations  of  the
several  Underwriters to  pay for  and accept delivery  of the  shares of Common
Stock offered hereby  are subject to  the approval of  certain legal matters  by
counsel and to certain other conditions.
 
    The  Company has  been advised by  the Representative  that the Underwriters
propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public initially at the price
set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus and  to certain dealers at  such
price  less a concession  not in excess of  $   per  share. The Underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $   per share
to certain  other  dealers.  The  public  offering  price  and  concessions  and
allowances to dealers may be changed by the Representative.
 
    The  Company has granted  the Underwriters an  option, exercisable within 30
days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional  100,500
shares  of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, at the same price per share to
be paid  by  the  Underwriters for  the  other  shares offered  hereby.  If  the
Underwriters  purchase any such additional shares  pursuant to this option, each
of the Underwriters  will be  committed to  purchase such  additional shares  in
approximately  the  same  proportion  as  set  forth  in  the  above  table. The
Underwriters may purchase such shares only to cover over-allotments, if any,  in
connection with the Offering made hereby.
 
    The  executive officers, directors  and certain stockholders  of the Company
have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant an  option
to  purchase or otherwise dispose  of any shares of  the Company's Common Stock,
options or  warrants  to  acquire  shares of  Common  Stock  or  any  securities
exercisable  for or  convertible into  Common Stock owned  by them,  in the open
market or otherwise, for a period of 180 days from the date of this  Prospectus,
without  the prior written consent of the Representative. The Company has agreed
not to offer, sell or issue any  shares of Common Stock, options or warrants  to
acquire Common Stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of
Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without
the  prior written  consent of the  Representative, except that  the Company may
issue securities  pursuant to  the Company's  stock option  plans and  upon  the
exercise of all outstanding stock options.
 
   
    The Company and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against
certain  liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, which may arise out of or be based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement  of  any material  fact  made  by the  indemnifying  party  and
contained  in  this Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement, any  supplement or
amendment thereto, or any documents filed with state securities authorities,  or
any omission or
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
   
alleged  omission of the indemnifying party to state a material fact required to
be stated in any such  document or required to make  the statements in any  such
document, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.
    
 
   
    Prior  to this Offering, the market for  the Company's Common Stock has been
limited. The  public offering  price  for the  Common  Stock was  determined  by
negotiation  among the Company  and the Representative  of the Underwriters. The
material factors considered in  determining the public  offering price were  the
current market for the Common Stock, an evaluation of assets, earnings and other
established  criteria of value, as well  as the comparisons of the relationships
between market prices  and book values  of financial institutions  of a  similar
size and asset quality.
    
 
    The  Representative  intends  to make  a  market  in the  securities  of the
Company, as permitted  by applicable laws  and regulations. The  Representative,
however,  is not  obligated to  make a  market in  such securities  and any such
market making may  be discontinued at  any time  at the sole  discretion of  the
Representative.
 
    In  addition to the discounts and commissions  that appear on the cover page
of this Prospectus, the  Company will reimburse  the Representative $85,000  for
expenses  incurred  by the  Representative. The  Company  also paid  a financial
advisory fee to the Representative of $25,000.
 
    The Representative has  informed the  Company that  it does  not expect  the
Underwriters  to confirm sales of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus to any
accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for  the
Company  by  Shapiro and  Olander,  Baltimore, Maryland.  Certain  legal matters
related to the  Offering will  be passed upon  for the  Underwriters by  Manatt,
Phelps & Phillips, LLP, Washington, D.C.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  consolidated financial  statements of  Abigail Adams  National Bancorp,
Inc. as  of December  31,  1995 and  1994, and  for  each of  the years  in  the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995, included herein have been included in
reliance  upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants, and upon the  authority of said firm  as experts in accounting  and
auditing.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                      This page intentionally left blank.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................     F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1996 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 1995 and 1994..........     F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited) and
   for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993....................................................     F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the three months ended March 31, 1996
   (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993....................................     F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited) and
   for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993....................................................     F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)..........................     F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 1995 and 1994...................................     F-9
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  of Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc.  and subsidiary as of  December 31, 1995 and  1994,
and  the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders'
equity and cash  flows for  each of  the years  in the  three-year period  ended
December   31,   1995.   These  consolidated   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly,  in all  material respects,  the financial  position of  Abigail
Adams National Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and
the  results of their operations  and their cash flows for  each of the years in
the three-year  period ended  December 31,  1995, in  conformity with  generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
   
Washington, D.C.
January 26, 1996, except for Note 19 which is as of May 31, 1996.
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
                           MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                      AND
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                                     ASSETS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1995           1994
                                                                         MARCH 31,    -------------  -------------
                                                                           1996
                                                                       -------------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash and due from banks (Note 2).....................................  $   4,478,105  $   4,953,200  $   4,349,250
Short-term investments:
  Federal funds sold.................................................     10,850,000      9,475,000      1,300,000
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks...........................        486,715        486,715        490,715
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total short-term investments.....................................     11,336,715      9,961,715      1,790,715
Securities available for sale (Note 3)...............................      4,997,870      5,508,406      6,009,025
Investment securities (market value of $7,626,518, $8,309,265 and
 $8,838,874 at March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995 and 1994,
 respectively) (Note 3)..............................................      7,563,546      8,192,647      9,080,778
Loans (net of deferred fees and unearned discounts) (Notes 4 and
 10).................................................................     60,214,781     63,592,395     60,729,437
  Less: Allowance for loan losses (Note 4)...........................     (1,261,672)    (1,273,965)    (1,289,562)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Loans, net.....................................................     58,953,109     62,318,430     59,439,875
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Bank premises and equipment, net (Note 5)............................        287,175        277,517        369,218
Other assets (Note 8)................................................      1,272,692      1,152,761      1,221,580
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total assets...................................................  $  88,889,212  $  92,364,676  $  82,260,441
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
  Deposits (Notes 3 and 6):
    Demand deposits..................................................  $  20,571,738  $  23,443,937  $  19,677,159
    NOW accounts.....................................................      6,877,672      7,343,282     10,381,478
    Money market accounts............................................     22,159,158     21,391,814     17,850,822
    Savings accounts.................................................      1,296,342      1,317,226      1,225,538
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater...................     11,673,224     13,590,946     13,651,233
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000.......................     16,233,468     15,975,990     12,507,272
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total deposits.................................................     78,811,602     83,063,195     75,293,502
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
  Short-term borrowings (Note 10)....................................      2,233,030      1,785,402        360,708
  Long-term debt -- capital note (Note 9)............................        167,625        186,250        260,750
  Other liabilities..................................................        887,670        710,963        583,211
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total liabilities..............................................     82,099,927     85,745,810     76,498,171
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Stockholders' equity (Notes 9, 12 and 19):
  Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized 5,000,000
   shares; issued 859,212 shares; outstanding 854,532 shares in 1996,
   1995 and 1994.....................................................          8,592          8,592          8,592
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................      6,147,421      6,147,421      6,147,421
  Retained earnings (deficit)........................................        698,652        531,830       (284,646)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                           6,854,665      6,687,843      5,871,367
  Less: Treasury stock, 4,680 shares at cost.........................        (28,710)       (28,710)       (28,710)
  Less: Unrealized loss on securities, net of taxes..................        (36,670)       (40,267)       (80,387)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total stockholders' equity.....................................      6,789,285      6,618,866      5,762,270
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.....................  $  88,889,212  $  92,364,676  $  82,260,441
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 7 and 11)
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
       THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  MARCH 31,                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------------  ------------------------------------
                                                              1996         1995         1995         1994         1993
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
  Interest and fees on loans (Note 4)....................   $1,508,727   $1,418,178  $5,902,325   $5,100,609   $4,412,001
  Interest on securities available/held for sale:
    U.S. Treasury........................................      26,562       45,956      175,979      220,986      238,443
    Obligations of U.S. government agencies..............      47,311       41,289      128,954      173,619      251,849
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total interest on securities available/held for
         sale............................................      73,873       87,245      304,933      394,605      490,292
  Interest and dividends on investment securities:
    U.S. Treasury                                               7,489       18,004       69,417       45,055           --
    Obligations of U.S. government agencies..............      85,593       98,325      413,396      373,813      379,806
    Mortgage-backed securities...........................       8,128       12,491       38,539       50,862       85,919
    Other securities.....................................       7,036       11,496       32,460       11,774       32,549
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total interest and dividends on investment
         securities......................................     108,246      140,316      553,812      481,504      498,274
  Interest on short-term investments:....................
    Federal funds sold...................................     109,238       18,904      130,069       87,954       83,108
    Bankers' acceptances.................................          --           --           --           --       16,820
    Deposits with other banks............................       6,866        5,837       22,920       18,025       12,573
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total interest on short-term investments.........     116,104       24,741      152,989      105,979      112,501
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total interest income............................   1,806,950    1,670,480    6,914,059    6,082,697    5,513,068
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
  Interest on deposits (Note 6):
    NOW accounts.........................................      46,064       70,655      249,377      264,771      256,815
    Money market accounts................................     217,388      205,839      812,916      544,798      418,340
    Savings accounts.....................................       8,686        7,719       31,060       29,125       32,961
    Certificates of deposit:
      $100,000 or greater................................     171,469      178,362      698,356      525,099      421,563
      Less than $100,000.................................     238,675      158,990      845,681      492,134      341,275
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total interest on deposits.......................     682,282      621,565    2,637,390    1,855,927    1,470,954
Interest on short-term borrowings:
  Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements......      28,447       26,147       88,871       57,131       16,502
  Other short-term borrowings............................          --        5,113        6,364        3,382           --
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total interest on short-term borrowings..........      28,447       31,260       95,235       60,513       16,502
Interest on capital note (Note 9)........................       2,794        3,911       13,969       18,028       20,445
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total interest expense...........................     713,523      656,736    2,746,594    1,934,468    1,507,901
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Net interest income..............................   1,093,427    1,013,744    4,167,465    4,148,229    4,005,167
Provision for loan losses (Note 4).......................          --           --           --      221,572      175,000
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Net interest income after provision for loan
         losses..........................................   1,093,427    1,013,744    4,167,465    3,926,657    3,830,167
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
OTHER INCOME:
  Service charges on deposit accounts....................     172,269      179,753      737,059      696,829      669,242
  Other income...........................................      12,150       11,878      103,712       93,837      191,040
  Gain (loss) on securities transactions.................          --           --           --         (281)      24,495
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total other income...............................     184,419      191,631      840,771      790,385      884,777
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
OTHER EXPENSE:
  Salaries and employee benefits.........................     431,691      414,145    1,649,071    1,611,127    1,564,364
  Occupancy and equipment expense (Notes 5 and 7)........     171,724      185,494      698,570      750,359      674,341
  Professional fees......................................      42,617       92,419      353,205      887,347      480,860
  Data processing fees...................................      86,879       64,632      299,580      265,897      243,742
  Other operating expense (Note 16)......................     168,423      194,586      781,000    1,386,444    1,140,578
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Total other expense..............................     901,334      951,276    3,781,426    4,901,174    4,103,885
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        Income (loss) before taxes.......................     376,512      254,099    1,226,810     (184,132)     611,059
Applicable income tax expense (Note 8)...................     138,479       69,877      267,912           --           --
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        NET INCOME (LOSS)................................   $ 238,033    $ 184,222   $  958,898   $ (184,132)  $  611,059
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
        NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE (Note 19).....   $     .28    $     .22   $     1.12   $     (.22)  $      .72
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
                                                           -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
   
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
            THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               ADDITIONAL      RETAINED                UNREALIZED
                                                 PAID-IN       EARNINGS     TREASURY    LOSS ON
                               COMMON STOCK      CAPITAL      (DEFICIT)      STOCK     SECURITIES      TOTAL
                               -------------  -------------  ------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at
 January 1, 1993.............  $   2,864,040  $   3,291,973  $   (711,573) $  (28,710) $       --  $   5,415,730
  Net income.................             --             --       611,059          --          --        611,059
                               -------------  -------------  ------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
Balance at December 31,
 1993........................      2,864,040      3,291,973      (100,514)    (28,710)         --      6,026,789
    Net loss.................             --             --      (184,132)         --          --       (184,132)
  Unrealized loss on
   securities, net of
   taxes.....................             --             --            --          --     (80,387)       (80,387)
                               -------------  -------------  ------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
Balance at December 31,
 1994........................      2,864,040      3,291,973      (284,646)    (28,710)    (80,387)     5,762,270
  Change in par value of
   common stock (Note 19)....     (2,861,176)     2,861,176            --          --          --             --
  Shares issued in
   three-for-one stock split
   in the form of a stock
   dividend (Note 19)........          5,728         (5,728)           --          --          --             --
  Net income.................             --             --       958,898          --          --        958,898
  Dividends declared.........             --             --      (142,422)         --          --       (142,422)
  Unrealized gain on
   securities, net of
   taxes.....................             --             --            --          --      40,120         40,120
                               -------------  -------------  ------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
Balance at December 31,
 1995........................          8,592      6,147,421       531,830     (28,710)    (40,267)     6,618,866
  Net income.................             --             --       238,033          --          --        238,033
  Dividend declared..........             --             --       (71,211)         --          --        (71,211)
  Unrealized gain on
   securities, net of
   taxes.....................             --             --            --          --       3,597          3,597
                               -------------  -------------  ------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
Balance at
 March 31, 1996
 (unaudited).................  $       8,592  $   6,147,421  $    698,652  $  (28,710) $  (36,670) $   6,789,285
                               -------------  -------------  ------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
                               -------------  -------------  ------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
       THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              MARCH 31,                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------------------  ----------------------------------------
                                                          1996         1995          1995          1994          1993
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)....................................  $   238,033  $   184,222  $    958,898   $ (184,132)  $    611,059
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
 cash provided (used) by operating activities:
  Provision for loan and other real estate losses....           --           --            --      221,572        179,775
  Depreciation, amortization and retirement of bank
   premises and equipment............................       28,237       40,617       146,084      154,177        140,159
  Loss (gain) on sale of securities..................           --           --            --          281        (24,495)
  Loss on sale of other real estate..................           --           --            --       11,516             --
  Accretion of loan discounts........................       (9,083)      (5,774)     (106,116)      (6,549)      (184,412)
  Amortization and accretion of discounts and
   premiums on securities............................       (1,553)       7,698        19,097       33,226         61,779
  Benefit (provision) for deferred income taxes......      (94,576)     (44,734)     (300,227)     254,046       (356,630)
  Decrease (increase) in other assets................     (119,930)     (64,679)      369,045     (444,958)       621,994
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities...........      268,750      (21,725)      (11,874)    (476,874)       684,933
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING
     ACTIVITIES......................................      309,878       95,625     1,074,907     (437,695)     1,734,162
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from repayment and maturity of investment
 securities..........................................    1,650,000      150,000     1,888,400      800,000      5,314,450
Proceeds from maturity of securities available/held
 for sale............................................    2,000,000    2,088,400    10,000,000    6,750,000      3,950,000
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-backed
 securities..........................................       22,094       28,583       126,951      258,705        647,776
Proceeds from sale of securities.....................           --           --            --      449,718      1,524,495
Purchase of investment securities....................   (1,024,775)          --    (1,092,225)  (1,758,334)            --
Purchase of securities available/held for sale.......   (1,500,000)  (1,588,400)   (9,485,625)  (5,747,500)    (8,889,403)
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits
 in other banks......................................           --           --         4,000           --        (94,715)
Principal collected on loans.........................    1,375,823    4,140,085    14,072,132   10,402,119     13,616,541
Loans originated.....................................   (1,507,667)  (2,729,731)  (12,771,600) (16,665,764)   (18,254,957)
Loans purchased from FDIC as receiver for other
 banks...............................................           --           --            --     (493,086)    (6,418,028)
Net decrease (increase) in short-term loans..........     (155,889)     (24,031)      (96,137)    (160,958)        (9,000)
Net decrease (increase) in lines of credit...........    3,662,138      443,475    (3,936,146)     754,607       (339,495)
Purchase of bank premises and equipment..............      (37,895)     (14,156)      (54,383)    (184,284)       (44,499)
Proceeds from disposition of other real estate.......           --           --            --      716,984             --
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY INVESTING
     ACTIVITIES......................................    4,483,829    2,494,225    (1,344,633)  (4,877,793)    (8,996,835)
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in transaction and savings
 deposits............................................   (2,591,348)  (3,077,684)    4,361,262    2,948,474      3,949,010
Proceeds from issuance of time deposits..............    3,463,596   13,860,339    40,745,855   34,897,519     45,663,732
Payments for maturing time deposits..................   (5,123,841) (11,160,540)  (37,337,424) (35,008,768)   (38,003,294)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings.....      447,627      187,197     1,424,694      165,818     (1,400,110)
Payments on long-term debt...........................      (18,625)          --       (74,500)     (56,250)       (38,000)
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders...........      (71,211)          --       (71,211)          --             --
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY FINANCING
     ACTIVITIES......................................   (3,893,802)    (190,688)    9,048,676    2,946,793     10,171,338
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
     EQUIVALENTS.....................................      899,905    2,399,162     8,778,950   (2,368,695)     2,908,665
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR...   14,428,200    5,649,250     5,649,250    8,017,945      5,109,280
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR.........  $15,328,105  $ 8,048,412  $ 14,428,200   $5,649,250   $  8,017,945
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Supplementary disclosures:
    Interest paid on deposits and borrowings.........  $   731,883  $   629,244  $  2,711,626   $1,924,179   $  1,401,879
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Income taxes paid................................  $    95,500  $        --  $    327,593   $  511,250   $      8,000
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Securities transferred to investment
     securities......................................  $        --  $        --  $         --   $3,500,000   $         --
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
1.  The  unaudited information at and for the  three months ended March 31, 1996
and 1995 furnished herein reflects all adjustments which are, in the opinion  of
management, necessary to a fair statement of the results for the interim periods
presented. All adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature.
 
2.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
   
    Under  the terms  of an  employment agreement  with the  President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, the Company is obligated to  make
payments  to her under  certain conditions, totaling  approximately $499,000, in
the event her employment is terminated.
    
 
    Under the terms of severance agreements with seven key management  officials
of  the Bank,  the Bank  is obligated to  make payments  totaling $504,000 under
certain conditions in the  event of a  change in control of  the Company or  the
Bank.
 
    The  Company maintains directors'  and officers' liability  insurance in the
amount of $2,000,000, subject to  certain exclusions. In addition, according  to
the  by-laws, the Company is obligated to  indemnify any director or officer for
losses incurred to the full extent  authorized or permitted by Delaware  general
corporation law.
 
3.  SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
   
    On  April 12, 1994, the  Board of Directors of  the Company adopted a Rights
Agreement ("Rights Agreement"), which  was amended April  20, 1995. Pursuant  to
the  Rights Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend
of one  share  purchase right  for  each share  of  the Company's  common  stock
outstanding on April 25, 1994 ("Right"). Among other things, each Right entitles
the  holder to purchase one  share of the Company's  common stock at an exercise
price of $20.11.
    
 
    Subject to certain exceptions, the Rights will be exercisable if a person or
group of persons acquires 25% or more of the Company's common stock  ("Acquiring
Person"), or announces a tender offer, the consummation of which would result in
ownership by a person or group of persons of 25% or more of the common stock, or
if the Board determines that a person or group of persons holding 15% or more of
the  Company's  common stock  is an  Adverse  Person, as  defined in  the Rights
Agreement.
 
    Upon the occurrence of one of the triggering events, all holders of  Rights,
except the Acquiring Person or Adverse Person, would be entitled to purchase the
Company's common stock at 50% of the market price. If the Company is acquired in
a  merger or business combination,  each holder of a  Right would be entitled to
purchase common stock of the Acquiring Person at a similar discount.
 
    The Board of Directors may  redeem the Rights for  $0.01 per share or  amend
the  Plan at any  time before a  person becomes an  Acquiring Person. The Rights
expire on December 31, 2003.
 
4.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
   
    The Company  has  adopted  a  Nonqualified Stock  Option  Plan  for  certain
officers  and key employees and  has reserved 90,000 shares  of common stock for
options to be granted under the plan. No options have been granted to date.
    
 
    On January  23, 1996,  the Company  adopted a  nonqualified Directors  Stock
Option  Plan (the  "Directors Plan")  and a  qualified Employee  Incentive Stock
Option Plan covering key employees (the "Employee Plan"), subject to shareholder
approval. Shares subject  to options  under these  plans may  be authorized  but
unissued shares or treasury shares. Options under the Directors Plan are granted
at  a price not less than  85% of the fair market  value of the Company's common
stock on the date of grant. The options vest beginning in 1996 at an annual rate
of 20% at the end of each year and become fully
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                            MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
4.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
   
vested in the event of a Change in Control, as defined in the Directors Plan, or
in the event that the Director leaves the Board. Options under the Employee Plan
are granted at a price of 100% of the fair market value of the Company's  common
stock  on the date of grant and  are immediately exercisable. Options under both
plans expire not later  than ten years  after the date of  grant. Options for  a
total of 16,416 shares of common stock available for grant under the above Plans
were  granted at  a price  of $6.74  for directors  and $7.93  for employees. No
options have been exercised under these plans.
    
 
   
    On March 29,  1996, the Company  granted the President  and Chief  Executive
Officer  a nonqualified stock option to purchase  75,000 shares at a price equal
to 85% of the  fair market value of  the Company's common stock  on the date  of
grant  ($6.74). The option vests  beginning in 1996 at an  annual rate of 20% at
the end of  each year  and becomes  fully vested  in the  event of  a Change  in
Control as defined in the Agreement, or in the event that she leaves the Company
or the Bank.
    
 
   
    On  April  16, 1996,  the Company  and  the Bank  adopted an  employee stock
ownership plan  ("ESOP") with  401(k) provisions,  replacing the  Bank's  former
401(k) Plan. Participants may elect to contribute to the ESOP a portion of their
salary,  which may not be less than 1% nor more than 15%, of their annual salary
(up to $9,500 for 1996). In addition, the Bank may make a discretionary matching
contribution equal to one-half of the percentage amount of the salary  reduction
elected  by each participant (up  to a maximum of  3%), which percentage will be
determined each year by the  Bank, and an additional discretionary  contribution
determined  each year  by the  Bank. Employee  contributions and  the employer's
matching contributions immediately vest. Employer's discretionary  contributions
are  vested as follows: 0%  for less than three years  of service; 20% for three
years of service; 40% for four years of service; 60% for five years of  service;
80% for six years of service; and 100% for seven or more years of service.
    
 
5.  NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
   
    Net  income (loss)  per common  share is  calculated by  dividing net income
(loss) by  the  weighted  average  number of  common  shares  and  common  share
equivalents  outstanding during  the period, 860,940  and 854,532  for the three
months ended March  31, 1996 and  1995. Common share  equivalents include  stock
options.
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    Abigail  Adams National Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company")  and its wholly-owned
subsidiary, The  Adams  National  Bank (the  "Bank"),  prepare  their  financial
statements  on  the  accrual basis  and  in conformity  with  generally accepted
accounting principles. The  more significant accounting  policies are  explained
below. As used herein, the term the Company includes the Bank unless the context
otherwise requires.
 
    (a)  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  consolidated financial statements  include the accounts  of the Company
and the Bank. All significant  intercompany accounts and transactions have  been
eliminated in consolidation.
 
    (b)  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The  Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as those amounts included
in cash and due from banks and Federal funds sold.
 
    (c)  SECURITIES
 
    Management determines the appropriate  classifications of securities at  the
time of purchase. Securities which the Company has the ability and the intent to
hold  until maturity  are classified  as investment  securities and  reported at
amortized cost.  Securities  bought and  held  principally for  the  purpose  of
selling  them in the  near term are  classified as trading  and reported at fair
market value with unrealized gains  and losses included in earnings.  Securities
which  are  not classified  as trading  or  held to  maturity are  classified as
available for sale  and are  reported at fair  value with  unrealized gains  and
losses  reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. The unrealized
loss on  securities  recognized  had  the effect  of  decreasing  the  Company's
stockholders'  equity  by approximately  $40,000, and  $80,000,  net of  tax, at
December 31,  1995 and  1994,  respectively. The  Company  does not  maintain  a
trading account.
 
   
    Premiums  and discounts are amortized using  a method which approximates the
interest method over  the term  of the security.  Realized gains  and losses  on
securities sold are computed using the specific identification method.
    
 
    (d)  LOANS
 
    Loans  are stated at  unpaid principal amount, net  of unearned discount and
deferred loan fees and costs.
 
    The Company discontinues the accrual of interest when the timely  collection
of  principal or  interest is  doubtful. Interest  accruals are  resumed on such
loans when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal
or when, in the judgment of management, the loans have demonstrated a new period
of performance and are  estimated to be fully  collectible as to both  principal
and interest.
 
    (e)  ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    The  allowance  for loan  losses is  a current  estimate of  the anticipated
losses in the present loan portfolio.  The allowance is increased by  provisions
charged  to  operating  expenses  and  decreased  by  loan  charge-offs,  net of
recoveries. The allowance for loan losses is based on management's evaluation of
several factors, including loan loss  experience, composition and volume of  the
loan  portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and
current economic trends and specific  conditions that may effect the  borrower's
ability to pay. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of
their  examination process, periodically review the Company's allowance for loan
losses. Such
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
agencies may require the Company to  recognize additions to the allowance  based
on  their judgments  about information  available to them  at the  time of their
examination. Management believes that the  current allowance for loan losses  is
adequate to absorb losses that are inherent in the current loan portfolio.
 
    (f)  LOAN ORIGINATION FEES AND COSTS
 
    All fee income received from loan origination and purchases as well as costs
directly  attributable to  the loan origination  are deferred.  The net deferred
fees are amortized into interest income on loans as a yield adjustment over  the
estimated  life of the  loan. Deferred fees  and costs are  not amortized during
periods in which  interest income is  not being recognized  because of  concerns
about the realization of loan principal or interest. Discounts obtained on loans
purchased  from  the FDIC  as  receiver for  other  banks are  considered credit
discounts and are not amortized into income until such time as a periodic credit
evaluation deems that the discount, or a portion thereof, is no longer necessary
or until such time as  the loans have paid off.  If the credit evaluation  deems
all  or some of the  discount is no longer necessary,  it is then amortized into
interest on loans as a yield adjustment over the remaining estimated life of the
loan.
 
    (g)  DEPRECIATION
 
    Depreciation of Bank premises and  equipment is computed over the  estimated
useful  lives of the respective assets, ranging from three to five years, on the
straight-line basis.  Leasehold improvements  are amortized  on a  straight-line
basis  over the estimated useful lives of  the respective assets or the terms of
the respective leases, whichever is shorter. Expenditures for major renewals and
betterments of Bank premises and equipment are capitalized at cost and those for
maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
    (h)  OTHER REAL ESTATE
 
    Other real estate includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of
debt ("assets  owned")  and  in-substance foreclosures.  Other  real  estate  is
recorded  at the lower of cost or fair value. Any valuation adjustments required
at the date of transfer are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent
to acquisition, other real estate is carried  at the lower of its cost basis  at
foreclosure  or fair  value less  estimated selling  costs, based  upon periodic
evaluations.
 
    (i)  INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred tax  assets  and liabilities  are  recognized for  the  future  tax
consequences   attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement
carrying amounts of  existing assets  and liabilities and  their respective  tax
bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to  apply to  taxable income  in  the years  in which  those  temporary
differences  are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in  tax rates is recognized in income in  the
period that includes the enactment date.
 
    (j)  NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
   
    Net  income (loss)  per common  share is  calculated by  dividing net income
(loss) by the weighted  average number of common  shares outstanding during  the
year, 854,532 in 1995, 1994 and 1993.
    
 
    (k)  FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
 
   
    In December, 1991, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial  Accounting Standard  No. 107,  "Disclosures  About Fair  Value of
Financial Instruments" (SFAS
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
No. 107). SFAS No. 107 requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial
instruments, both assets and  liabilities recognized and  not recognized in  the
statement  of financial  position, for  which it  is practical  to estimate fair
value. SFAS No. 107 is effective for the Company at December 31, 1995. The  fair
value of the Company's financial instruments is reported in Note 18.
 
    (l)  ACCOUNTING BY CREDITORS FOR IMPAIRMENT OF A LOAN
 
    The  Financial Accounting Standards Board  has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan"
(SFAS No.  114)  and  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  118,
"Accounting  by Creditors  for Impairment  of a  Loan --  Income Recognition and
Disclosures" (SFAS No. 118) which  amended SFAS No. 114.  SFAS No. 114 and  SFAS
No.  118 require creditors to  measure impaired loans in  one of three ways: the
present value of expected future cash  flows discounted at the loan's  effective
interest  rate, the  loan's observable  market price  or the  fair value  of the
underlying collateral. If  the measure  of the impaired  loan is  less than  the
recorded  investment in the loan, the creditor shall recognize the impairment by
creating a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to expense.
 
   
    Impaired loans are specifically reviewed loans for which it is probable that
the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the terms  of
the loan agreement. The specific factors that influence management's judgment in
determining  when a loan is impaired include evaluation of financial strength of
the borrower and the fair value of the collateral. The Company's impaired  loans
are  generally nonaccrual loans  and restructured loans.  Restructured loans are
impaired loans  in the  year of  restructuring and  thereafter, such  loans  are
subject  to  management's evaluation  of  impairment based  on  the restructured
terms. The Company's charge-off policy for impaired loans is consistent with its
policy for all loan  charge-offs. Impaired loans are  charged-off when all or  a
portion  thereof  is  considered  uncollectible  or  transferred  to  foreclosed
properties. Consistent with the Company's method for nonaccrual loans,  interest
receipts  on impaired loans are recognized as  interest income or are applied to
principal when the ultimate collectibility of principal is in doubt.
    
 
    SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No. 118 were  adopted by the Company as of January  1,
1995.  The adoption of  SFAS No. 114  and SFAS No.  118 did not  have a material
impact on the Company.
 
    (m)  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    In October 1994, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of Financial Accounting Standard No. 119, "Disclosure about Derivative Financial
Instruments  and Fair Value  of Financial Instruments" (SFAS  No. 119). SFAS No.
119 requires entities to disclose the amount, nature and terms of all derivative
financial instruments, such as  futures, forward, swap  or option contracts,  or
other  financial  instruments with  similar  characteristics, and  to separately
disclose certain information about  these instruments which  are held or  issued
for  trading purposes and those which are held or issued for purposes other than
trading. SFAS No. 119 was adopted as of January 1, 1995.
 
    (n)  ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  121, "Accounting  for  the  Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets  to Be Disposed Of" (SFAS No.  121).
SFAS  No.  121  requires  that assets  to  be  held and  used  be  evaluated for
impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may
not be recoverable. SFAS No. 121 also requires that assets to be disposed of  be
reported at the lower of
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
cost  or fair value  less selling costs.  Implementation of SFAS  No. 121 is not
expected to have  a material impact  on the results  of operations or  financial
position. SFAS No. 121 is effective for the Company as of January 1, 1996.
 
    (o)  ACCOUNTING FOR MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS
 
    In  May 1995, the  Financial Accounting Standards  Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards  No.  122, "Accounting  for  Mortgage  Servicing
Rights"  (SFAS No. 122). SFAS No. 122 provides accounting for mortgage servicers
that sell  or securitize  loans and  retain servicing  rights. SFAS  No. 122  is
effective  as  of January  1,  1996. The  Company  does not  sell  or securitize
mortgage loans and therefore the implementation of SFAS No. 122 will not have  a
material impact.
 
    (p)  ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
 
   
    In  October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock   Based
Compensation"  (SFAS No. 123). SFAS No.  123 allows companies either to continue
to account for stock-based employee compensation plans under existing accounting
standards or to adopt a fair-value-based method of accounting as defined in  the
new  standard. The  Company will  follow the  existing accounting  standards for
these plans, but will  provide pro-forma disclosure of  net income and  earnings
per  share  as if  the  expense provisions  of SFAS  No.  123 had  been adopted.
Implementation of SFAS  No. 123 is  not expected  to have a  material impact  on
results of operations or financial condition.
    
 
    (q)  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions, and
is  also subject  to the regulations  of certain federal  agencies and undergoes
periodic examination by those regulatory authorities.
 
    The financial statements  have been  prepared in  conformity with  generally
accepted   accounting  principles.   In  preparing   the  financial  statements,
management is  required  to  make  estimates and  assumptions  that  affect  the
reported  amounts of assets and liabilities as  of the date of the balance sheet
and  revenues  and  expenses  for  the  period.  Actual  results  could   differ
significantly from those estimates.
 
    Material  estimates that are particularly  susceptible to significant change
in the near-term relate  to the determination of  the allowance for loan  losses
and  the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in
satisfaction of loans. In  connection with the  determination of the  allowances
for  loans  losses  and  other  real  estate,  management  periodically  obtains
independent appraisals for significant properties.
 
    (r)  RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain reclassifications have been made  to amounts previously reported  in
1994 and 1993 to conform with the 1995 presentation.
 
2.  RESTRICTIONS ON CASH BALANCES
    Included  in  cash and  due from  banks are  balances maintained  within the
Company to  satisfy legally  required reserves  and to  compensate for  services
provided  from correspondent  banks. Balances maintained  totaled $1,475,000 and
$1,526,000 at December  31, 1995  and 1994,  respectively. There  were no  other
withdrawal,  usage  restrictions or  legally  required compensating  balances at
December 31, 1995 or 1994.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
3.  SECURITIES
    Investment securities  at  December 31,  1995  and 1994  are  summarized  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1995
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 GROSS        GROSS
                                                                  ADJUSTED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      MARKET
                                                                 COST BASIS      GAINS       LOSSES        VALUE
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury:
      Within one year.........................................  $  1,499,200   $   1,581    $      --   $  1,500,781
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
        Total.................................................     1,499,200       1,581           --      1,500,781
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations:
    Within one year...........................................     1,005,685       9,627           --      1,015,312
    After one, but within five years..........................     4,875,445      90,630        2,500      4,963,575
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................     5,881,130     100,257        2,500      5,978,887
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Mortgage-backed securities:
  Federal National Mortgage Association:
    After one, but within five years..........................        16,961         343           --         17,304
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.:
    After five but within ten years...........................       368,656      16,937           --        385,593
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................       385,617      17,280           --        402,897
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Corporate securities (1)......................................        12,500          --           --         12,500
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Federal Reserve Bank Stock (1)................................       162,700          --           --        162,700
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (1)..............................       251,500          --           --        251,500
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total investment securities.............................  $  8,192,647   $ 119,118    $   2,500   $  8,309,265
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1994
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 GROSS        GROSS
                                                                  ADJUSTED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      MARKET
                                                                 COST BASIS      GAINS       LOSSES        VALUE
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury:
    Within one year...........................................  $    987,423   $      --    $  15,861   $    971,562
    After one, but within five years..........................       496,767          --        9,111        487,656
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................     1,484,190          --       24,972      1,459,218
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations:
    After one, but within five years..........................     6,657,520          --      215,935      6,441,585
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................     6,657,520          --      215,935      6,441,585
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Mortgage-backed securities:
  Federal National Mortgage Association:
    After one, but within five years..........................        30,076         577           --         30,653
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.:
    After five but within ten years...........................       482,292         952        2,526        480,718
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................       512,368       1,529        2,526        511,371
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Corporate securities (1)......................................        12,500          --           --         12,500
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Federal Reserve Bank Stock (1)................................       162,700          --           --        162,700
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (1)..............................       251,500          --           --        251,500
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total investment securities.............................  $  9,080,778   $   1,529    $ 243,433   $  8,838,874
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Corporate securities  and Federal Reserve  Bank and Federal  Home Loan Bank
    Stocks have no stated maturities.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
3.  SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
    Securities available for sale at December  31, 1995 and 1994 are  summarized
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1995
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 GROSS        GROSS
                                                                  ADJUSTED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      MARKET
                                                                 COST BASIS      GAINS       LOSSES        VALUE
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury:
    Within one year...........................................  $  1,995,654   $   6,220    $      --   $  2,001,874
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................     1,995,654       6,220           --      2,001,874
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations:
    Within one year...........................................     2,501,562       1,249           --      2,502,811
    After one, but within five years..........................     1,000,000       3,721           --      1,003,721
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................     3,501,562       4,970           --      3,506,532
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total securities available for sale.....................  $  5,497,216   $  11,190    $      --   $  5,508,406
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1994
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 GROSS        GROSS
                                                                  ADJUSTED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      MARKET
                                                                 COST BASIS      GAINS       LOSSES        VALUE
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury:
    Within one year...........................................  $  3,024,521   $      --    $   7,646   $  3,016,875
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................     3,024,521          --        7,646      3,016,875
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations:
    Within one year...........................................     2,998,757          --        6,607      2,992,150
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total...................................................     2,998,757          --        6,607      2,992,150
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total securities available for sale.....................  $  6,023,278   $      --    $  14,253   $  6,009,025
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Securities  in the amount  of approximately $8,616,000  and $11,925,000 were
pledged to collateralize public deposits  and repurchase agreements at  December
31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    The  Company had no securities exempt  from federal taxation during 1995 and
1994 or any securities whose book value as to any single issuer exceeded 10%  of
stockholders' equity.
 
   
    During  1994, the  Company reclassified $3,500,000  in securities previously
classified as available for sale to the held to maturity portfolio, resulting in
an unrealized  loss, net  of taxes,  on the  date of  transfer of  approximately
$86,440.  This unrealized loss  is recorded in  equity and amortized  as a yield
adjustment over the remaining terms of the reclassified securities. Amortization
of approximately $39,545, net  of taxes, as of  December 31, 1995, coupled  with
unrealized gains in the remaining available for sale portfolio of $6,628, net of
taxes,  brings the equity balance of unrealized loss on securities to $40,267 at
December 31, 1995.
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
4.  LOANS
    Loans at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1995            1994
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
Commercial and industrial........................................................  $   43,547,303  $   42,960,687
Real estate -- mortgages.........................................................      14,150,578      11,074,167
Real estate -- construction and development......................................       2,617,836       3,237,156
Installment to individuals.......................................................       3,652,022       3,816,083
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                       63,967,739      61,088,093
Less: Deferred income and unearned discounts.....................................        (375,344)       (358,656)
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
  Total..........................................................................  $   63,592,395  $   60,729,437
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Loan concentrations at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are summarized as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     1995         1994
                                                                                                  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                               <C>          <C>
Service industry................................................................................         38%          34%
Real estate development/finance.................................................................         32           32
Wholesale/retail................................................................................         21           21
Other...........................................................................................          9           13
                                                                                                        ---          ---
  Total.........................................................................................        100%         100%
                                                                                                        ---          ---
                                                                                                        ---          ---
</TABLE>
    
 
    A substantial portion,  $41,418,000, or approximately  65%, at December  31,
1995,  and  $41,862,000, or  approximately  69%, at  December  31, 1994,  of the
Company's loans are secured by real estate in the Washington, D.C.  metropolitan
area.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of  a substantial portion of the
Company's loan portfolio is susceptible to  changes in market conditions in  the
Washington metropolitan area.
 
    Transactions  in the allowance for loan  losses for the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1994 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995           1994           1993
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance at January 1.................................................  $   1,289,562  $   1,385,875  $   1,320,487
Provision for loan losses............................................             --        221,572        175,000
Recoveries...........................................................         97,993        156,374         97,552
Loans charged off....................................................       (113,590)      (474,259)      (207,164)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
  Net charge-offs....................................................        (15,597)      (317,885)      (109,612)
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
Balance at December 31...............................................  $   1,273,965  $   1,289,562  $   1,385,875
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Included in the accompanying consolidated  balance sheets are certain  loans
that  are accounted  for on a  nonaccrual basis. These  nonaccrual loans totaled
approximately $1,561,000, $1,244,000 and $1,733,000  at December 31, 1995,  1994
and  1993, respectively.  Had the  loans been  current in  accordance with their
original terms, gross interest income for these loans would have been  $212,000,
$150,000  and $154,000  in 1995,  1994 and  1993, respectively.  Actual recorded
interest income on these  loans was $40,000, $53,000  and $82,000 in 1995,  1994
and  1993,  respectively.  Nonaccrual  loans  include  $875,000,  $1,013,000 and
$1,151,000 in  loans guaranteed  by the  U.S. Small  Business Administration  at
December  31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively. These loans are guaranteed for
an average  of 84.9%  of the  outstanding  balance, or  $743,000, 87.3%  of  the
outstanding  balance,  or $884,000,  and 77.4%  of  the outstanding  balance, or
$891,000  at   December   31,   1995,  1994   and   1993,   respectively.   Also
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
4.  LOANS (CONTINUED)
   
included  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  are  $1,245,000,
$1,301,000 and  $1,502,000  in  loans  at December  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993,
respectively,  restructured due to a deterioration in the financial condition of
the borrowers.  Actual  interest  income  recorded subsequent  to  the  date  of
restructuring  on loans reported as restructured  at each year-end was $124,000,
$110,000 and  $148,000 in  1995, 1994  and 1993,  respectively. Interest  income
which would have been recorded on these restructured loans had they been current
in  accordance with their  original terms and  outstanding throughout the entire
period was $154,000, $159,000 and $171,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
As of year-end 1995,  1994 and 1993, these  loans were performing in  accordance
with  the restructured  terms. Nonaccrual  loans at  December 31,  1995 and 1994
include $0 and $826,000 in loans which  were reported as restructured as of  the
prior  year-end. The Company had no commitments  to lend additional funds to any
of the  borrowers whose  loans are  recorded as  nonaccrual or  restructured  at
December  31, 1995,  1994 and  1993. At  December 31,  1995, 1994  and 1993, the
Company had $6,000, $3,000 and $89,000,  respectively, in loans greater than  90
days  delinquent which were  still accruing. These  loans consisted primarily of
loans which were both adequately secured and in the process of collection.
    
 
    At December  31,  1995,  the  recorded  investment  in  impaired  loans  was
$2,790,000,  substantially all of which are on nonaccrual status or are reported
as restructured loans. Included in this  amount is $1,631,000 of impaired  loans
for  which the related impairment allowance  is $416,000 and $1,037,000 of loans
that do not  have an impairment  allowance. The average  recorded investment  in
impaired  loans  during  1995  was $2,918,000.  The  amount  of  interest income
recognized on impaired loans  during the year ended  December 31, 1995 has  been
disclosed  above in  the discussion  of nonaccrual  and restructured  loans. The
allowance for credit losses  contains additional amounts  for impaired loans  as
deemed  necessary  to  maintain  allowances  at  levels  considered  adequate by
management.
 
    The Company has engaged  in banking transactions in  the ordinary course  of
business  with some of its directors, officers, principal shareholders and their
associates. Management believes that  all loans or  commitments to extend  loans
and the payment of overdrafts included in such transactions are made on the same
terms,  including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time
of comparable loans with other persons and  do not involve more than the  normal
risk  of collectibility. At December 31, 1995  and 1994, none of these loans are
either reported as nonaccrual, restructured or classified. The aggregate  amount
of  loans to related parties for the years  ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 was
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995            1994
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1..............................................................  $      726,153  $      472,447
Additions.........................................................................         481,774         668,102
Repayments........................................................................        (675,350)       (260,594)
Terminations......................................................................              --        (153,802)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Balance at December 31............................................................  $      532,577  $      726,153
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
5.  BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
    Bank premises and equipment at December  31, 1995 and 1994 is summarized  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995            1994
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment.................................................  $    1,351,454  $    1,311,979
Leasehold improvements............................................................         692,936         678,028
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
  Total, at cost..................................................................       2,044,390       1,990,007
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................................      (1,766,873)     (1,620,789)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
  Total, net......................................................................  $      277,517  $      369,218
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Amounts  charged  to operating  expenses  for depreciation  and amortization
aggregated approximately $146,000, $154,000 and $140,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.
 
6.  INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS
    Related party  deposits totaled  approximately  $2,481,000 and  $610,000  at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. In management's opinion, rates paid on
these deposits, where applicable, are available to others at the same terms.
 
    At  December  31, 1995  and  1994, brokered  deposits  totaled approximately
$7,090,000 and $3,135,000, respectively.
 
7.  LEASING ARRANGEMENTS
    The Company leases its  main office space under  two leases which expire  in
2002.  The Company also  leases space for  two branch offices  and two automated
teller machines. The  lease on  the M  Street branch  expires in  1996, and  the
leases  on the Union Station branch and the two automated teller machines expire
in 1999. All leases are classified as operating leases.
 
    The following  is a  schedule  of future  minimum payments  under  operating
leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one
year as of December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          LEASE
                                                                                                        PAYMENTS
                                                                                                       -----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
1996.................................................................................................  $   398,114
1997.................................................................................................      386,340
1998.................................................................................................      383,676
1999.................................................................................................      324,756
2000.................................................................................................      322,742
2001 and thereafter..................................................................................      591,694
</TABLE>
 
   
    Rental  expense in 1995, 1994 and  1993 was approximately $408,000, $452,000
and $392,000, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
8.  INCOME TAXES
    Income tax expense  attributable to  income from  continuing operations  for
1995, 1994 and 1993 consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1995          1994          1993
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Current:
  Federal...............................................................  $    428,452  $   (167,026) $    289,174
  District of Columbia..................................................       139,687       (87,020)       67,456
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                               568,139      (254,046)      356,630
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Deferred:
  Federal...............................................................      (160,540)      167,026      (289,174)
  District of Columbia..................................................      (139,687)       87,020       (67,456)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                              (300,227)      254,046      (356,630)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Total:
  Federal...............................................................       267,912            --            --
  District of Columbia..................................................            --            --            --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $    267,912  $         --  $         --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Income  tax expense differed from the  amounts computed by applying the U.S.
Federal income  tax  rate  of  34  percent  to  pretax  income  from  continuing
operations as a result of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1995                      1994                      1993
                                         -------------------------  -----------------------  -------------------------
                                            AMOUNT          %         AMOUNT         %          AMOUNT          %
                                         ------------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Tax expense at statutory rate..........  $    417,116       34.0%   $  (62,605)     (34.0)%  $    207,760       34.0%
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting
 from District of Columbia franchise
 tax, net of Federal tax effect........       124,952       10.2       (31,583)     (17.2)         16,708        2.7
Other..................................        37,235        3.0         2,550        1.4              --         --
Change in beginning of year valuation
 allowance.............................      (311,391)     (25.4)       91,638       49.8        (224,468)     (36.7)
                                         ------------      -----    ----------      -----    ------------      -----
                                         $    267,912       21.8%   $       --        0.0%   $         --        0.0%
                                         ------------      -----    ----------      -----    ------------      -----
                                         ------------      -----    ----------      -----    ------------      -----
</TABLE>
 
    The  significant components of  deferred income tax  expense attributable to
income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 and  1994
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             1995         1994
                                                                                         ------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
Deferred tax benefit (exclusive of the effects of other components listed below).......  $     11,164  $   162,409
Increase (decrease) in beginning of the year balance of the valuation allowance for
 deferred tax assets...................................................................      (311,391)      91,637
                                                                                         ------------  -----------
                                                                                         $   (300,227) $   254,046
                                                                                         ------------  -----------
                                                                                         ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
8.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
   
    The  following is a summary of the tax effects of temporary differences that
give rise to significant  portions of the deferred  tax assets and deferred  tax
liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1994:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1995          1994
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Book allowance for loan losses......................................................  $    519,332  $    525,690
  Interest income on nonaccrual loans, due to accrual for tax purposes................        51,401        51,401
  Deferred loan fees, due to cash basis for tax purposes..............................        76,344        97,136
  Furniture and equipment, principally due to differences in
   depreciation.......................................................................       101,962        91,266
  Unrealized losses on securities.....................................................        26,778        55,298
  Compensated absences, principally due to cash basis for financial reporting
   purposes...........................................................................         8,184         7,005
  Other...............................................................................            --        20,401
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
    Total gross deferred tax assets...................................................       784,001       848,197
  Less: Valuation allowance...........................................................            --      (311,391)
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
      Net deferred tax assets.........................................................       784,001       536,806
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax allowance for loan losses.......................................................      (321,737)     (332,806)
  Prepaid expenses due to cash basis for tax purposes.................................       (19,513)      (20,987)
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
    Total gross deferred tax liabilities..............................................      (341,250)     (353,793)
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
      Net deferred tax assets.........................................................  $    442,751  $    183,013
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company had established a valuation allowance through December 31, 1994
for the excess of deferred tax assets over taxes paid in the carryback years and
future reversals  of  certain  existing taxable  temporary  differences.  As  of
December  31, 1995, all deferred tax  assets were recoverable through taxes paid
in the carryback years and therefore no valuation allowance was required.
 
    At December  31,  1995,  the  Company had  utilized  all  of  its  available
financial statement net operating loss carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets
at  December 31, 1995 and 1994 were $442,751 and $183,013, respectively, and are
included in other assets in the accompanying financial statements. Also included
in other assets at December 31, 1995  and 1994, were current tax receivables  of
$54,000 and $429,000, respectively.
 
9.  LONG-TERM DEBT -- CAPITAL NOTE
    On  February 2,  1988, the Bank  renegotiated its  subordinated capital note
agreement with Minbanc Capital Corp. The principal balance of this note shall be
repaid in 16 quarterly installments of  $9,500 each commencing on September  30,
1990  through June 30, 1994 and  thereafter 16 quarterly installments of $18,625
through the note's maturity on  June 30, 1998. The  rate of interest payable  on
the  principal balance of  this note was  initially fixed at  6.50%. On June 30,
1989 and annually thereafter, the interest rate adjusts to the equivalent of  2%
under the rate of the most recently
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
9.  LONG-TERM DEBT -- CAPITAL NOTE (CONTINUED)
auctioned  ten year United States Treasury Note. The note carries a minimum rate
of 6.00% and a maximum rate of 12% per annum. As of December 31, 1995, the  note
carried  an interest rate  of 6.00%. Annual principal  maturities as of December
31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
1996.............................................  $  74,500
1997.............................................     74,500
1998.............................................     37,250
                                                   ---------
                                                   $ 186,250
                                                   ---------
                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The note agreement restricts the total  cash dividends which may be paid  by
the Bank in any twelve calendar month period to 25% of net operating income.
 
10. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
    Short-term  borrowings  consist  primarily of  Federal  funds  purchased and
securities sold under repurchase  agreements. Federal funds purchased  represent
overnight  funds, while  securities sold  under repurchase  agreements generally
involve the receipt of immediately available funds which mature in one  business
day or roll over under a continuing contract.
 
    The  balance of securities sold under  repurchase agreements at December 31,
1995 and  1994  of  $1,785,402  and  $360,708,  respectively,  represents  funds
received  by the Company for securities sold to customers of the Company, at the
customer's request,  which mature  in one  business day  but roll  over under  a
continuing   contract.  In  accordance  with  these  contracts,  the  underlying
securities sold are U.S. Treasuries or government agencies which are  segregated
from  the Company's  other investment securities  in the  Bank's Federal Reserve
Bank account.  The book  value of  the underlying  securities sold  under  these
repurchase agreements at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was approximately $2,060,000
and  $1,196,000,  respectively. The  market value  of  these same  securities at
December 31,  1995 and  1994  was $2,094,000  and $1,159,000,  respectively.  At
maturity, the same security is repurchased by the Company.
 
    Repurchase  agreements are entered  into with related  parties in the normal
course of  business.  At  December  31,  1995,  such  related  party  repurchase
agreements  totalled approximately $500,000. In management's opinion, rates paid
on these repurchase agreements are available to others at the same terms.
 
    In the normal course of business, there are securities sold under repurchase
agreements that the  Company initiates  with correspondent  banks for  liquidity
purposes.  As with the customer repurchase agreements, these contracts generally
involve the receipt of immediately available funds which mature in one  business
day or roll over under a continuing contract, however, the underlying securities
sold  are transferred to  the correspondent bank's  Federal Reserve Bank account
until maturity. At maturity, the same security is repurchased by the Company.
 
    Other short-term borrowings during 1995 and 1994 consist of borrowings  from
the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Atlanta  ("FHLB")  for  liquidity  purposes.
Borrowings are collateralized  by loans secured  by first liens  on one to  four
family,  multifamily and commercial mortgages  as well as investment securities.
Although no FHLB borrowings are outstanding  at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  the
outstanding  balance  of  loans  pledged  at  December  31,  1995  and  1994  to
collateralize future borrowings  from the FHLB  were $3,194,000 and  $2,719,000.
The  collateral value  of the loans  pledged at  December 31, 1995  and 1994 was
$2,127,000 and $2,150,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
10. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)
    Short-term borrowings for 1995 and 1994 are summarized below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995             1994
                                                                                  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                               <C>              <C>
Federal funds purchased
  Balance at end of year........................................................  $          --    $          --
  Daily average balance outstanding during year.................................         89,114           63,219
  Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year...................        850,000        1,000,000
  Daily average interest rate during year.......................................           5.34%            4.68%
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
  Balance at end of year........................................................  $   1,785,402    $     360,708
  Daily average balance outstanding during year.................................      1,510,954        1,484,991
  Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year...................      3,217,340        3,987,421
  Daily average interest rate during year.......................................           5.57%            3.65%
  Average interest rate on balance at end of year...............................           4.92               --
 
Other short-term borrowings
  Balance at end of year........................................................  $          --    $          --
  Daily average balance outstanding during year.................................        103,493           61,370
  Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year...................      1,200,000        1,100,000
  Daily average interest rate during year.......................................           6.15%            5.56%
</TABLE>
    
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
    In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding  commitments
and  contingent liabilities  such as commitments  to extend credit  that are not
reflected in  the accompanying  consolidated financial  statements. No  material
losses  are anticipated as a result of  these transactions. At December 31, 1995
and  1994,  the   Company  had   outstanding  letters   of  credit   aggregating
approximately  $706,000  and $474,000,  commitments  to originate  variable rate
loans aggregating approximately $13,867,000 and $13,315,000, and commitments  to
originate  fixed rate  loans aggregating approximately  $1,410,000 and $452,000,
respectively.
 
    Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments
generally  have  fixed expiration  dates or  other  termination clauses  and may
require payment of a fee. Since many  of the commitments are expected to  expire
without  being  drawn  upon, the  total  commitment amounts  do  not necessarily
represent future  cash  requirements.  The  Company  evaluates  each  customer's
creditworthiness  on a case by case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained if
deemed  necessary  by  the  Company  upon  extension  of  credit  is  based   on
management's  credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts
receivable, inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  residential  and
income-producing commercial properties.
 
    Standby  letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company
to guarantee the performance  of a customer to  a third party. Those  guarantees
are  primarily  issued  to  support  lease  and  security  deposits  and private
borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is
essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
The Company holds  cash, marketable securities  and other collateral  supporting
those  commitments  for which  collateral is  deemed  necessary. The  portion of
letters of credit  which are collateralized  was 100% at  December 31, 1995  and
1994.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
    Under  the terms  of an  employment agreement  with the  President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, the Company is obligated to  make
payments  to  her  under certain  conditions,  in  the event  her  employment is
terminated.
 
    Under the terms of severance agreements with seven key management  officials
of  the Bank,  the Bank  is obligated to  make payments  totaling $504,000 under
certain conditions in the  event of a  change in control of  the Company or  the
Bank.
 
    The  Company maintains directors'  and officers' liability  insurance in the
amount of $2,000,000, subject to  certain exclusions. In addition, according  to
the  by-laws, the Company is obligated to  indemnify any director or officer for
losses incurred to the full extent  authorized or permitted by Delaware  general
corporation law.
 
12. RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDEND PAYMENTS AND LOANS BY AFFILIATED BANK
    Any dividends payable by the Company are dependent on dividends payable from
the  Bank  to the  Company.  Federal banking  laws  restrict the  total dividend
payments that a national banking association  may make during any calendar  year
to  the total net income  of the bank for current  year plus retained net income
for the  preceding two  years, except  with the  prior written  approval of  the
Office  of the Comptroller of  the Currency. As a  result of additional dividend
restrictions referred to  in Note 9  above, the Bank  is restricted from  making
dividend  payments  in excess  of  25% of  net  operating income  in  any twelve
calendar month  period.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  issued  a  statement
effective  November 14, 1985 which indicates  that dividends should only be paid
out of  net  income  available  to  common  shareholders  over  the  past  year.
Restrictions  are also imposed upon the ability of the Bank to make loans to the
Company, purchase  stock in  the  Company or  use  the Company's  securities  as
collateral for indebtedness of the Bank.
 
13. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
    On  April  1,  1982,  the  Company  acquired,  through  merger,  all  of the
outstanding shares of the  Bank, becoming the parent  and sole stockholder.  The
earnings  (losses) of  the Bank  are recorded  by the  Company using  the equity
method of accounting. Earnings (losses)  are recorded as an increase  (decrease)
in  the Company's investment, and dividends declared by the Bank are recorded as
reductions in the Company's investment in the Bank.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
13. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1995           1994
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Due from banks and interest-bearing balances with subsidiary bank...................  $     248,797  $     169,768
Investment in subsidiary bank.......................................................      6,364,594      5,684,937
Dividend receivable from subsidiary bank............................................         71,211             --
Other assets........................................................................          8,459          4,438
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Total assets....................................................................  $   6,693,061  $   5,859,143
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
  Other liabilities.................................................................  $      74,195  $      96,873
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized 5,000,000 shares; issued
   859,212 shares; outstanding 854,532 shares in 1995 and 1994......................          8,592          8,592
  Additional paid-in capital........................................................      6,147,421      6,147,421
  Retained earnings (deficit).......................................................        491,563       (365,033)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                          6,647,576      5,790,980
  Less: Treasury Stock, 4,680 shares at cost........................................        (28,710)       (28,710)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity......................................................      6,618,866      5,762,270
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................................  $   6,693,061  $   5,859,143
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
13. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                              1995          1994          1993
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Income:
  Dividends from subsidiary bank........................................  $    213,633  $         --  $         --
  Interest earned on balances with subsidiary bank......................         4,906         6,162         7,004
  Interest on securities available for sale.............................            --         7,518         8,722
  Interest on other.....................................................            --          (281)        6,750
  Management fees earned from subsidiary bank...........................           444        31,880        12,649
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total income........................................................       218,983        45,279        35,125
Expenses:
  Professional fees.....................................................       125,569       433,641        32,882
  Organizational and other..............................................        75,046       157,315       109,854
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total expenses......................................................       200,615       590,956       142,736
    Income (loss) before taxes and equity in undistributed net income of
     subsidiary.........................................................        18,368      (545,677)     (107,611)
Applicable income tax benefit...........................................       300,993            --            --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income of
     subsidiary.........................................................       319,361      (545,677)     (107,611)
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary........................       639,537       361,545       718,670
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net income (loss)...................................................  $    958,898  $   (184,132) $    611,059
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
13. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
   
                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                              1995          1994          1993
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Operating Activities
  Net income (loss).....................................................  $    958,898  $   (184,132) $    611,059
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Equity in undistributed loss (net income) of subsidiary.............      (639,537)     (361,545)     (718,670)
    Dividends declared from subsidiary bank not received................       (71,211)
    Other, net..........................................................       (97,910)       94,102        (1,064)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Net cash provided (used) by operating activities..................       150,240      (451,575)     (108,675)
Investing Activities
  Proceeds from maturity of securities available for sale...............            --       450,000            --
  Proceeds from maturity of investment securities.......................            --            --       900,000
  Purchase of securities................................................            --            --      (900,000)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net cash provided by investing activities...........................            --       450,000            --
Financing Activities
  Cash dividends paid to stockholders...................................       (71,211)           --            --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net cash used by financing activities...............................       (71,211)           --            --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Increase (decrease) in cash.........................................        79,029        (1,575)     (108,675)
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year......................       169,768       171,343       280,018
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of year............................  $    248,797  $    169,768  $    171,343
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
14. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT
    Regulations implementing  the prompt  corrective  action provisions  of  the
Federal  Deposit Insurance Corporation  Improvement Act of  1991 (FDICIA) became
effective on  December 19,  1992.  FDICIA requires  the regulators  to  stratify
institutions  into  five  quality  tiers  based  upon  their  respective capital
strengths and to increase progressively the degree of regulation over the weaker
institutions, limits  the pass-through  deposit insurance  treatment of  certain
types  of accounts, adopts a "Truth in  Savings" program, calls for the adoption
of risk-based  premiums  on deposit  insurance  and requires  banks  to  observe
insider  credit underwriting  procedures no  less strict  than those  applied to
comparable noninsider transactions.
 
    The prompt corrective action regulations define specific capital  categories
based  on an institution's capital ratios.  The capital categories, in declining
order, are  "well  capitalized," "adequately  capitalized,"  "undercapitalized,"
"significantly undercapitalized" and "critically undercapitalized." Institutions
categorized  as "undercapitalized" or below are subject to certain restrictions,
including the  requirement to  file  a capital  plan  with its  primary  federal
regulator,  prohibitions  on  the  payment  of  dividends  and  management fees,
restrictions on  executive compensation  and increased  supervisory  monitoring,
among  other things. Other restrictions may be imposed on the institution either
by its primary federal regulator or by the FDIC, including requirements to raise
additional capital,  sell  assets  or  sell  the  entire  institution.  Once  an
institution  becomes  "critically undercapitalized"  it  is generally  placed in
receivership or conservatorship within 90 days.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
14. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT (CONTINUED)
    To be considered "well  capitalized," an institution  must generally have  a
leverage  ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%
and a total risk-based capital ratio of  at least 10%. At December 31, 1995  and
1994, both the Company and the Bank were considered "well capitalized."
 
15. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
   
    The  Company  has  adopted  a Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan  for certain
officers and key employees  and has reserved 90,000  shares of common stock  for
options to be granted under the plan. No options have been granted to date.
    
 
    The  Company has a 401(k) plan covering all full-time employees. The Company
made contributions to the plan of $34,000, $40,000 and $24,000 in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. These amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits
in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
   
    On January  23, 1996,  the Company  adopted a  nonqualified Directors  Stock
Option  Plan (the  "Directors Plan")  and a  qualified Employee  Incentive Stock
Option Plan covering key employees (the "Employee Plan"), subject to shareholder
approval. Shares subject  to options  under these  plans may  be authorized  but
unissued shares or treasury shares. Options under the Directors Plan are granted
at  a price not less than  85% of the fair market  value of the Company's common
stock on the date of grant. The options vest beginning in 1996 at an annual rate
of 20% at the end of each year and become fully vested in the event of a  Change
in  Control, as defined in the Directors Plan, or in the event that the Director
leaves the Board. Options under the Employee Plan are granted at a price of 100%
of the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant  and
are  immediately exercisable. Options under both plans expire not later than ten
years after the date of  grant. Options for a total  of 16,416 shares of  common
stock available for grant under the above Plans were granted at a price of $6.74
for  directors and  $7.93 for  employees. No  options have  been exercised under
these plans.
    
 
16. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
    Other operating expenses for 1995, 1994 and 1993 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1995          1994           1993
                                                                         -----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>            <C>
FDIC insurance premiums................................................  $    84,607  $     171,582  $     154,107
Courier service and bank security......................................      149,689        148,884        131,229
Stationery and office supplies.........................................       75,585        103,017         71,542
Employment litigation expense..........................................           --        387,000        250,000
Other..................................................................      471,119        575,961        533,700
                                                                         -----------  -------------  -------------
  Total other operating expense........................................  $   781,000  $   1,386,444  $   1,140,578
                                                                         -----------  -------------  -------------
                                                                         -----------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has engaged in transactions  in the ordinary course of  business
with   some  of  its  directors,  officers,  principal  stockholders  and  their
associates. Management believes that all such transactions are made on the  same
terms  as those prevailing at the time  with other persons. The Company expended
$15,000, $32,000 and $27,000 during 1995,  1994 and 1993, respectively, to  such
related  parties  in connection  with public  relations activities.  The Company
expended $17,000 to such related parties for legal services during 1995.
 
17. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
    On April 12, 1994, the  Board of Directors of  the Company adopted a  Rights
Agreement  ("Rights Agreement"), which  was amended April  20, 1995. Pursuant to
the Rights Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a  dividend
of one share purchase right for each share of the
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
17. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN (CONTINUED)
   
Company's  common stock  outstanding on  April 25,  1994 ("Right").  Among other
things, each Right entitles  the holder to purchase  one share of the  Company's
common stock at an exercise price of $20.11.
    
 
    Subject to certain exceptions, the Rights will be exercisable if a person or
group  of persons acquires 25% or more of the Company's common stock ("Acquiring
Person"), or announces a tender offer, the consummation of which would result in
ownership by a person or group of persons of 25% or more of the common stock, or
if the Board determines that a person or group of persons holding 15% or more of
the Company's  common stock  is an  Adverse  Person, as  defined in  the  Rights
Agreement.
 
    Upon  the occurrence of one of the triggering events, all holders of Rights,
except the Acquiring Person or Adverse Person, would be entitled to purchase the
Company's common stock at 50% of the market price. If the Company is acquired in
a merger or business combination,  each holder of a  Right would be entitled  to
purchase common stock of the Acquiring Person at a similar discount.
 
    The  Board of Directors may  redeem the Rights for  $0.01 per share or amend
the Plan at any  time before a  person becomes an  Acquiring Person. The  Rights
expire on December 31, 2003.
 
18. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
   
    During 1995, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments" (SFAS No. 107),
which  requires  the  disclosure  of  fair  value  information  about  financial
instruments, whether or  not recognized in  the balance sheet,  for which it  is
practicable  to estimate that  value. Quoted market  prices, when available, are
used as the measure of fair value.  In cases where quoted market prices are  not
available,  fair values are based on  present value estimates or other valuation
techniques. These derived fair values are estimates at a specific point in  time
and  are significantly affected  by assumptions used,  principally the timing of
future cash  flows and  the discount  rate. Because  assumptions are  inherently
subjective  in  nature, the  estimated fair  values  cannot be  substantiated by
comparison to independent market quotes and,  in many cases, the estimated  fair
values  would not necessarily be realized in  an immediate sale or settlement of
the instrument.  The disclosure  requirements of  SFAS No.  107 exclude  certain
financial  instruments  and  all nonfinancial  instruments.  The  estimated fair
values presented do not give effect to the values associated with the  Company's
banking  business, existing customer relationships,  branch network, property or
equipment. Also,  under SFAS  No.  107, the  fair value  of  noninterest-bearing
demand  deposits, savings and NOW accounts  and money market deposit accounts is
equal to the  carrying amount because  these deposits have  no stated  maturity.
This  approach to  estimating fair value  excludes the  significant benefit that
results from  the low-cost  funding  provided by  such deposit  liabilities,  as
compared  to  alternative sources  of funding.  Accordingly, the  aggregate fair
value  amounts  presented  do  not  represent  management's  estimation  of  the
underlying value of the Company.
    
 
    SFAS  No. 119 amended  SFAS No. 107 for  disclosure purposes. The amendments
require that the disclosures distinguish between financial instruments held  for
trading  purposes, measured  at fair value  with gains and  losses recognized in
earnings, and  financial instruments  held  or issued  for purposes  other  than
trading.  The fair value  of derivative financial  instruments must be disclosed
separately from non-derivative financial instruments. The Company does not  hold
any  financial instruments for  trading purposes and does  not have any material
derivative financial instruments.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
18. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
    The following  are the  estimated  fair values  of the  Company's  financial
instruments  at  December 31,  1995  followed by  a  general description  of the
methods and assumptions used to estimate such fair values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      CARRYING       ESTIMATED
                                                                                       AMOUNT          VALUE
                                                                                   --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
Financial assets:
  Cash...........................................................................  $    4,953,200  $    4,953,200
  Short-term investments.........................................................       9,961,715       9,961,715
  Securities available for sale..................................................       5,508,406       5,508,406
  Investment securities..........................................................       8,192,647       8,309,265
  Loans..........................................................................      63,592,395
  Less: Allowance for loan losses................................................      (1,273,965)
                                                                                   --------------
    Net loans....................................................................      62,318,430      62,145,121
 
Financial liabilities:
  Noninterest-bearing deposits...................................................      23,443,937      23,443,937
  Interest-bearing deposits with no stated maturity..............................      30,052,322      30,052,322
  Time deposits..................................................................      29,566,936      29,101,285
  Short-term borrowings..........................................................       1,785,402       1,785,402
  Long-term debt.................................................................         186,250         186,250
</TABLE>
 
    The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
the fair value of its financial instruments:
 
        CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS.   The carrying amounts reported in the  balance
    sheet approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets.
 
        SHORT-TERM  INVESTMENTS.  The carrying amounts of short-term investments
    on the balance  sheet with maturities  of 90 days  or less approximate  fair
    value.  For short-term investments with maturities  of greater than 90 days,
    fair value  estimates are  based on  market quotes  for similar  instruments
    adjusted  for  such  differences  between  the  quoted  instruments  and the
    instruments being valued as to maturity and credit quality.
 
        SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE AND INVESTMENT SECURITIES.  The  estimated
    fair  values of securities by  type are based on  quoted market prices, when
    available. If  a  quoted  market  price is  not  available,  fair  value  is
    estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.
 
        LOANS.   Fair values are estimated  for portfolios of loans with similar
    financial characteristics. Loans are classified by variable rate, fixed rate
    and loans which reprice on a predetermined schedule. Non-variable rate loans
    are further classified by general purpose within the commercial, real estate
    and consumer  portfolios.  Loans are  further  classified by  performing  or
    nonperforming loans.
 
        For  performing variable-rate loans which  reprice immediately as market
    rates change,  the carrying  amounts approximate  fair value.  Additionally,
    most  variable rate lines  of credit, which  comprise more than  half of the
    variable loan portfolio,  are reviewed and  extended on at  least an  annual
    basis.  At the time of that review,  these loans are repriced to reflect the
    current credit risk inherent in these loans. For performing fixed-rate loans
    and loans  which  reprice on  a  pre-determined schedule,  fair  values  are
    estimated  by discounting  the expected cash  flows up to  and including the
    date of  repricing, if  applicable, by  a discount  rate that  reflects  the
    interest rate and
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
              ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
18. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
    credit  risk inherent  in the  loan. The  estimated maturity  of these loans
    reflects  both   contractual  maturity   and  management's   assessment   of
    prepayments,  economic  condition, and  other  factors that  may  affect the
    maturity of the portfolio. The discount rate is based on the rate that would
    be currently offered for  loans with similar terms  to borrowers of  similar
    credit quality.
 
        Nonperforming  loans  are  included  in  each  of  the  loan  portfolios
    previously described. The fair value of nonperforming loans is estimated  in
    a  manner which  approximates discounting  the expected  return of principal
    over the period of time the Company anticipates receiving principal payments
    on the  loan at  a discount  rate which  is reflective  of the  higher  risk
    surrounding these assets compared to a performing loan.
 
        DEPOSITS.   The fair value of deposits  with no stated maturity, such as
    noninterest-bearing deposits, NOW accounts, savings and money market deposit
    accounts, is the amount payable on demand as of year-end. For time deposits,
    fair value is estimated  by discounting the contractual  cash flows using  a
    discount  rate equal to  the incremental deposit  rate for similar remaining
    maturities.
 
        SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS.  The carrying values of federal funds  purchased,
    securities   sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  and  other  short-term
    borrowings approximate fair values.
 
        LONG-TERM DEBT.  The fair values of long-term debt and other  borrowings
    are estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows for each instrument.
    The  discount rate  applied is  based on  the current  incremental borrowing
    rates for similar arrangements with similar maturities.
 
        COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND  CREDIT AND LETTERS  OF CREDIT.   The Company  has
    commitments  to  extend  credit  of $15,277,000  and  letters  of  credit of
    $706,000. Pricing  of these  financial instruments  is based  on the  credit
    quality  and  relationship, fees,  interest  rates, probability  of funding,
    compensating  balance  and  other  covenant  requirements.  Non-credit  card
    commitments  generally have  fixed expiration  dates, are  variable rate and
    contain termination and other clauses which provide for relief from  funding
    in the event that there is a significant deterioration in the credit quality
    of  the customer. Many  loan commitments are expected  to, and typically do,
    expire  without  being  drawn  upon.  Approximately  85%  of  the  Company's
    commitments  to lend  expire within  one year.  The rates  and terms  of the
    Company's commitments to  lend and  letters of credit  are competitive  with
    others  in the markets in which the Company operates. Carrying amounts which
    are comprised of the unamortized  fee income and, where necessary,  reserves
    for  any  expected  credit  losses  from  these  financial  instruments, are
    immaterial.
 
   
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    
   
    On May 21, 1996, the Board of Directors approved a three-for-one stock split
in the form of a stock dividend of two shares of common stock for each share  of
common  stock issued and outstanding as of May 31, 1996. Additionally, the Board
of Directors approved an increase in  the number of shares of authorized  common
stock  from 800,000 to  5,000,000 and a reduction  of the par  value from $10 to
$0.01 per share, both of which were subject to shareholder approval. Shareholder
approval  was  obtained  as  of  May  31,  1996.  All  presentations  of  shares
outstanding and amounts per share have been restated to reflect these changes.
    
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER
THAN THOSE CONTAINED  OR INCORPORATED BY  REFERENCE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS, AND  IF
GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN SO  AUTHORIZED BY THE  COMPANY OR ANY  UNDERWRITER. THIS  PROSPECTUS
DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR  A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY
OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE  SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY  SALE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE
ANY  IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN THE AFFAIRS  OF THE COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS  OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Additional Information.........................          3
Prospectus Summary.............................          4
Risk Factors...................................          8
Use of Proceeds................................         11
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy........................................         12
Capitalization.................................         13
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........         14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................         16
Business.......................................         33
Management.....................................         40
Certain Relationships and Related
 Transactions..................................         45
Beneficial Ownership of Shares.................         46
Supervision and Regulation.....................         49
Description of Capital Stock...................         53
Underwriting...................................         56
Legal Matters..................................         57
Experts........................................         57
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....        F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                 670,000 SHARES
    
 
   
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                              FERRIS, BAKER WATTS
                                  INCORPORATED
 
                                          , 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Section  102(b)(7)  of the  Delaware  General Corporation  Law,  as amended,
permits Delaware corporations to include in their certificates of  incorporation
a provision limiting director's liability for monetary damages for breach of the
duty of care. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law gives Delaware
corporations  the power to indemnify each of  the present and former officers or
directors under certain circumstances, if such person acted in good faith and in
a manner  which he  reasonably believed  to be  in or  not opposed  to the  best
interests of the corporation.
 
    Article  FOURTEENTH  of  the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as
amended, limits the liability of the  Company's directors to the Company or  its
shareholders for monetary damages for certain breaches of fiduciary duty arising
out  of certain aspects of  the director's conduct. Article  XI of the Company's
By-laws permits indemnification of officers and directors to the fullest  extent
permitted by law.
 
    The  Company maintains directors'  and officers' liability  insurance in the
amount of $2,000,000.
 
ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    Estimated expenses payable by the Company in connection with the sale of the
securities offered hereby is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
SEC registration fee...................................................  $ 2,468.79
NASD Filing Fee........................................................    1,215.95
NASDAQ National Market System Fee......................................   12,747.66
Accounting fees and expenses...........................................      *
Legal fees and expenses................................................      *
Blue Sky fees and expenses.............................................      *
Transfer agent's fee...................................................      *
Printing and engraving.................................................      *
Underwriters' Expenses.................................................      85,000
Miscellaneous..........................................................      *
                                                                         ----------
    Total..............................................................  $   *
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*  To be filed by amendment.
 
ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
(1) On February 20, 1996,  the Company and the  Bank entered into an  Employment
    Agreement  with  Barbara Davis  Blum which,  among  other things,  granted a
    non-qualified stock option  (the "Option")  to Ms. Blum  to purchase  75,000
    shares  of the Company's Common Stock. The Option vests beginning in 1996 at
    an annual rate  of 20%  at the end  of each  year and is  exercisable for  a
    period  of ten  (10) years from  the date of  grant at an  exercise price of
    $6.74 per share,  which is  equal to  85% of the  fair market  value of  the
    Company's  common  stock  on  the  date of  the  grant.  Subject  to certain
    limitations, Ms. Blum has  "piggyback" rights, and  one "demand" right,  for
    registration of shares subject to the Option. The Company has not issued any
    shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of the Option.
 
(2)  On January 23, 1996, a total of  9,987 shares of the Company's Common Stock
    were authorized  for issuance  pursuant  to a  grant  of options  under  the
    Employee  Incentive Stock Option Plan, in which key employees of the Company
    and the Bank  are eligible to  participate. The options  were granted at  an
    exercise  price of  100% of  fair value at  the date  of the  grant or Seven
    Dollars and
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    Ninety-Three Cents ($7.93) per  share. Options granted  under this plan  are
    immediately  exercisable and expire not later  than ten (10) years following
    the date of the grant. The Company has not issued any shares of Common Stock
    pursuant to the exercise of these options.
 
   
(3) On January 23, 1996, a total  of 6,429 shares of the Company's Common  Stock
    which  were authorized for issuance pursuant to a grant of options under the
    Non-Qualified Directors  Stock Option  Plan in  which all  Directors on  the
    Company's  and Bank's Boards in 1995 were eligible. The options were granted
    at an exercise price of 85%  of fair value at the  date of the grant or  Six
    Dollars and Seventy-Four Cents ($6.74) per share. Options granted under this
    plan vest beginning in 1996 at an annual rate of 20% at the end of each year
    and  expire at the  earlier of 10 years  following the date  of grant or two
    years after leaving  the Board.  The Company has  not issued  any shares  of
    Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of these options.
    
 
   
    The share amounts set forth above give effect to the Company's three-for-one
stock  split in the form of a stock dividend to be issued prior to the effective
date of this registration statement. With respect to the grant of stock  options
described  in  paragraphs  1  through  3,  an  exemption  from  registration was
unnecessary in that none of the transactions involved a "sale" of securities  as
such term is used in Section 2(3) of the Securities Act.
    
 
ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
(a) Exhibits.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
 1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement*
 3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (1)
 3.1.1     Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company*
 3.2       By-laws of the Company, as amended (1)
 4.1.1     Rights Agreement dated as of April 12, 1994, between the Company and The First National Bank of
            Maryland, as Rights Agent (Right Certificate attached as Exhibit A to Rights Agreement and Summary
            of Rights to Purchase Common Shares attached as Exhibit B to Rights Agreement) (2)
 4.1.2     First Amendment to Rights Agreement (3)
 5.1       Opinion of Shapiro and Olander*
10.1       Subordinated Note Agreement dated February 2, 1988 between The Adams National Bank and Minbanc
            Capital Corp. (4)
10.2.1     Non-qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (5)
10.2.2     Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and Agreement (6)
10.2.3     Directors Stock Option Plan and Agreement (7)
10.2.4     Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (8)
10.3       Employment Agreement dated February 20, 1996 between the Company, The Adams National Bank and
            Barbara Davis Blum, as amended on March 29, 1996 (9)
10.4       Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1992 between Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. as Trustee for Account
            Number p99904 and The Adams National Bank (10)
10.5       Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1992 between Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. as Trustee for Account
            Number p99904 and The Adams National Bank (11)
10.6       Lease Agreement dated April 21, 1988 between Union Station Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams
            National Bank (12)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.7.1     Lease Agreement dated April 21, 1989, as amended on August 1, 1989 between Union Station Joint
            Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (13)
<S>        <C>
10.7.2     Amendment dated December 20, 1993 to Lease Agreement dated April 21, 1989, as amended on August 1,
            1989 between Union Station Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (14)
10.8       Lease Agreement dated December 20, 1993 between Union Station Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams
            National Bank (15)
10.9       Sublease Agreement dated September 1, 1981, as amended September 1, 1984, between 2909 M Associates
            and The Adams National Bank (16)
10.10      Lease Agreement dated March 6, 1996 between The Adams National Bank and 1604 17th Street Limited
            Partners (17)
10.11      Information Technology Services Agreement between Electronic Data Systems Corporation and The Adams
            National Bank (18)
10.12      Special Program Financial Services Agreement dated December 30, 1993 between IBAA Bancard, Inc. and
            The Adams National Bank (19)
10.13      Deposit Insurance Transfer and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 1, 1992 by and among the
            Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver of Metropolitan Bank, N.A., the Federal Deposit
            Insurance Corporation and The Adams National Bank (20)
10.14      Asset Pool Proposal Form and the Asset Pool Sale Agreement dated as of July 6, 1993 by and among the
            Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver of City National Bank, the Federal Deposit
            Insurance Corporation and The Adams National Bank (21)
10.15      Severance Agreement between the Bank and Alexander Beltran dated as of April 7, 1994 (22)
10.16      Severance Agreement between the Bank and Devin Blum dated as of April 7, 1994 (23)
10.17      Severance Agreement between the Bank and Thomas O. Griel dated as of April 7, 1994 (24)
10.18      Severance Agreement between the Bank and Joyce R. Hertz dated as of April 7, 1994 (25)
10.19      Severance Agreement between the Bank and Kimberly J. Levine dated as of April 7, 1994 (26)
10.20      Severance Agreement between the Bank and Melrose Nathan dated as of April 7, 1994 (27)
10.21      Severance Agreement between the Bank and Bijan Partovi dated as of April 7, 1994 (28)
10.22      Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1995, between the Company and Marshall T. Reynolds (29)
10.23      The Adams National Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k) Provisions**
21         Subsidiaries of the Registrant (30)
23.1       Consent of Shapiro and Olander (included in Exhibit 5)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                            DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23.2       Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
<S>        <C>
24         Powers of Attorney**
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
*   To be filed by amendment.
    
 
   
**  Previously filed.
    
 
(1)  Incorporated by reference  to Exhibit 3  of the Company's  Annual Report on
    Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.
 
(2) Incorporated  by reference  to Exhibits  1-3 of  the Company's  Registration
    Statement on Form 8-A dated April 12, 1994.
 
(3)  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  4  of  the  Company's Registration
    Statement on Form 8-A/A dated April 21, 1995.
 
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) of the Company's Annual Report on
    Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.
 
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) of the Company's Annual Report on
    Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1987 and Exhibit 10(I)  of
    the  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31,
    1989.
 
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.2.2 of the Company's Annual  Report
    on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
 
(7)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.2.3 of the Company's Annual Report
    on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
 
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.2.4 of the Company's Annual  Report
    on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
 
(9)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Annual Report on
    Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
 
(10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10(d) of the Company's Annual  Report
    on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.
 
(11)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10(e) of the Company's Annual Report
    on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.
 
(12) Incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit 10(f)  of the  Company's  Quarterly
    Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1988.
 
(13)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10(g) of the Company's Annual Report
    on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989.
 
(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.2 of the Company's Annual  Report
    on Form 10-k for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.
 
(15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Annual Report on
    Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.
 
(16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Annual Report on
    Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.
 
(17)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.10 of the Company's Annual Report
    on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
(18) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10(j) of the Company's Annual  Report
    on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.
 
(19)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.11 of the Company's Annual Report
    on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.
 
(20) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10 of the Company's Quarterly  Report
    on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1992.
 
(21)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10 of the Company's Quarterly Report
    on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993.
 
(22) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.1 of the Company's Current  Report
    on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994 (earliest event reported April 7, 1994).
 
(23)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.2 of the Company's Current Report
    on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994 (earliest event reported April 7, 1994).
 
(24) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.3 of the Company's Current  Report
    on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994 (earliest event reported April 7, 1994).
 
(25)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.4 of the Company's Current Report
    on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994 (earliest event reported April 7, 1994).
 
(26) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.5 of the Company's Current  Report
    on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994 (earliest event reported April 7, 1994).
 
(27)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.6 of the Company's Current Report
    on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994 (earliest event reported April 7, 1994).
 
(28) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.7 of the Company's Current  Report
    on Form 8-K dated April 27, 1994 (earliest event reported April 7, 1994).
 
(29)  Incorporated  by  reference to  Exhibit  5 of  the  Company's Registration
    Statement on Form 8-A/A dated April 21, 1995.
 
(30) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  22 of the Company's Annual Report  on
    Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
    Schedules  have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required
or because the required  information is included  in the consolidated  financial
statements or notes thereto.
 
ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1)  For purposes of determining any  liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from  the form of prospectus filed as  part
    of  a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the
    form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h)  under the  Securities  Act shall  be deemed  to  be part  of  the
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2)  For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus  shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at  that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under  the
    Securities  Act  of  1933  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
    controlling  persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
    or otherwise, the  registrant has been  advised that in  the opinion of  the
    Securities  and Exchange  Commission such indemnification  is against public
    policy as expressed in the Act and
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
    is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for  indemnification
    against  such  liabilities  (other than  the  payment by  the  registrant of
    expenses incurred or paid  by a director, officer  or controlling person  of
    the  registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
    is asserted by such  director, officer or  controlling person in  connection
    with  the securities  being registered, the  registrant will,  unless in the
    opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
    submit to  a court  of appropriate  jurisdiction the  question whether  such
    indemnification  by it is against public policy  as expressed in the Act and
    will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    In  accordance  with the  requirements of  the Securities  Act of  1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of  the  requirements  for  filing  on   Form  SB-2  and  has  authorized   this
Pre-Effective  Amendment No.  1 to  registration statement  to be  signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, in the District of Columbia on July 3, 1996.
    
 
                                          ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
 
                                          By:       /s/ BARBARA DAVIS BLUM
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                     Barbara Davis Blum
                                             PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                                 AND CHAIRWOMAN OF THE BOARD
 
    In accordance with  the requirements  of the  Securities Act  of 1933,  this
Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to registration  statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                                      <C>
                      SIGNATURE                                          TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  ----------------
 
                /s/ BARBARA DAVIS BLUM                  President, Chief Executive Officer and
     -------------------------------------------         Chairwoman of the Board of Directors      July 3, 1996
                  Barbara Davis Blum                     (Principal executive officer)
 
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                  Shireen L. Dodson
 
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                     Susan Hager
 
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                  Jeanne D. Hubbard
 
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                Clarence L. James, Jr.
 
                /s/ KIMBERLY J. LEVINE                  Vice President, Treasurer and Chief
     -------------------------------------------         Financial Officer (Principal              July 3, 1996
                  Kimberly J. Levine                     accounting and financial officer)
 
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                 Marshall T. Reynolds
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                                      <C>
                      SIGNATURE                                          TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  ----------------
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                 Robert L. Shell, Jr.
 
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                   Dana B. Stebbins
 
                          *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                   July 3, 1996
                  Susan J. Williams
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                     <C>                               <C>
* By:              /s/ KIMBERLY J. LEVINE                                            July 3, 1996
           -------------------------------------
                     Kimberly J. Levine
                      Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-8

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
The Board of Directors
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.
 
   
    We consent to the use of our report, included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
    
 
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
   
Washington, D.C.
July 3, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission